Nokia 6820i User Manual

Printed in Canada N0893 9310322 NOKIA INC. 709 Westchester Avenue, 3r d floor White Plains, NY 10604-3103 Phone: 1-877-997-9199 Email: mobile.business.na@nokia.com Thank you f or pur chasing a Nokia 6820i messaging devic e. W eÃ¢ÂÂr e her e f or you! www .nokiahowt o.c om Learn how to use your new Nokia phone. www .nokia.c om/us Get answers to your questions. Register your phoneÃ¢ÂÂs limit ed warr anty so we can bett er serve your needs! User Guide 9310322_US Eng COVER 8/25/04 4:55 PM Page 1
Nokia 6820i Us er Guide
LEGAL INFORMA TION DECLARA TION O F CONFORM ITY W e, NOKIA CORPORATION declare under our sole res ponsibility that the products NHL-9 and RH- 26 are in conformity with the provision of the following C o uncil Directive: 1999/5/EC . A copy of the Declaration of Conformity can be found f rom http:/ / www .nokia.com/phones/declarat ion_of_conformit y/ P ART NO. 93 10322, IS SU E NO. 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia . All right s rese rved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 6820, Nokia 6820i, P op-P ort, Nokia T une, and the Nokia Original Enhancements logos are trademar ks or registered trademarks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade names of their respective owners. Printed in Canada 8/ 2004. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, I nc. US P atent No 58 18437 , and other pending patent s. T9 text input software Copyright ÃÂ© 1999 -2004. Tegic Communications , Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . Java is a trademark of Sun Micros ystems, Inc. The information contained in this user guide was written for the Nokia 6820i product. Nokia oper ate s a policy of ongoing development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIR CUMST AN CES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIA L, INCI DENT A L, AND CO NSEQUENTIAL OR INDIR ECT DAM AGES HO WSOEVER C AUSED. T HE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED "AS IS." EXCEPT AS REQU IRED B Y APPLICABLE LAW , NO W A RRANTIES OF AN Y KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IM PLIED, INCLUD ING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED W ARRAN TIES OF MERCHANTABILITY A ND FITNESS FOR A PART ICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MAD E IN RELATION TO THE ACC URACY A ND RELIABI LITY OR CON TENTS OF T HIS DO CUMENT . NOKIA RESE RVES THE RIGHT TO REVISE T HIS DOCUMENT OR WITHDRAW IT A T A NY TIME WIT HOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This device may contain commodities, technology or software subject t o export laws and regulat ions from the US and oth er countries. Diversion contrary to law is pr ohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our device may cause TV or radi o int erference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or In dustry Canada can require you t o stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assist ance, contact your local serv ice facility . This device complies with part 15 of t he FCC rules. Operation is subje ct to the c onditio n tha t thi s dev ice doe s not cause ha rmful int erferen ce.
Manufactured or sold u nder one or m ore of the following US P ate nts. P e nding patent numbers are sh own with an asteri sk (*). 162 1 1 1 177 166 4868846 4945633 500 1372 5053928 5083240 5101 1 7 5 5 124672 5 15 1946 5 152004 5 173927 52 12834 5230091 524 1583 5266782 527 1056 53 1 1 151 53 17283 5331638 5335362 534 1 149 5353328 537 148 1 5378935 5384782 5390 223 5392460 5396657 5400949 5408504 54 16435 5430 740 544252 1 5444816 5446364 5446422 5477422 5479476 5487084 5526366 5534878 55486 16 555 1 067 5553 125 5557639 556582 1 556620 1 557 0369 5581244 5594797 5600 708 5606548 5613235 5625274 5640395 5664053 56756 1 1 5677620 5692032 5697 0 74 5699482 57 0 1392 57220 74 5729541 5760568 578734 1 5794142 5797 10 2 5802465 580530 1 5809413 58 19 165 582189 1 5822366 5827 082 5835858 5835889 5 8 3 9101 584214 1 5844884 5845219 585060 7 5857 15 1 5859843 5862 178 5870683 5884 1 03 5884 190 588977 0 5898775 5898925 5903832 5903839 590 7823 591257 0 59 14690 5914796 59 17868 5920826 5926147 5926769 59298 13 5930233 594665 1 5953665 5956332 5956625 5956633 5960354 5960389 5963901 5966378 5977887 598308 1 5987 137 5987639 599 1857 6005857 60061 14 6009328 60 1 1853 601 197 1 6014 1 13 60 1455 1 60 14573 602580 2 6026 161 6028567 603 1827 6035 189 6035 194 6038238 6043760 6047 196 6049796 60504 15 6054954 6054966 6055439 6060193 6069923 60 72787 60 7300 1 60 79993 6081732 608447 1 6084855 6084920 6084962 6088746 6094587 6097964 6 1 05784 6 1 12099 6 1 156 17 6 1 18775 6 1 19002 6 1 19 180 612 1846 6122498 6 128322 6 128509 6130650 6 133884 6 137789 6 13809 1 6 140966 6 144243 6144676 6 148209 615 1485 6 15 150 7 6 163609 6 164547 6 167 038 6 167248 6 167273 61 70 07 3 6 17 1 127
6 178535 61 8 210 1 6 184592 6 185295 6 185302 6 185422 6 188909 6195338 6 199035 62017 12 620 1876 6202 1 09 62 19560 6223037 6223059 6230020 62400 76 6249584 62593 12 6262735 626632 1 6266330 6269126 627 1794 627236 1 6282436 6285888 6292668 6295286 630 7512 6308084 631 1054 6314 166 63 17 083 6324389 6324412 63337 16 63472 18 6356759 6359865 6359904 6363259 637 0362 6370389 6377803 6377820 6381468 6385254 638545 1 6392605 6392660 6400958 64 178 17 6430 163 6434 133 64377 1 1 643837 0 6445932 6453179 6456237 6456826 6463278 647 047 0 6487397 651 0148 652267 0 6591 1 16 6606508
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide v Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Co ntent s Quic k g uide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 For your sa fety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Network s ervices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Shared memo ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2 Welcom e to Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 About you r phon e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Regi ster your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Look for updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 E-Ne wslette rs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Accessi bility solu tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Copyrigh t protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Over view of phone funct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 The ph one label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3 Phone se tup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connec tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Inst all SIM card and battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Charge the bat tery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Switch th e phone on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 How to ho ld your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 4 Phone ba sics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Open the keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Key funct ions (key board closed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Key funct ions (key board open) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 The fi ve-way jo ystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 The st andby mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 The Go t o menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Keyboard lig hts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Keyp ad loc k (keyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Over -the-ai r settings service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 5 Call func tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Make a cal l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 Answ er or rej ect an incomi ng call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Option s during a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 6 Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Wri t e with the ke yboard open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Wri te with the ke yboard closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 7 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Func tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 Shortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6
vi Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 8 Message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Te xt messages (SMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Archive fol der and custom fo lde rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Te xt and picture t emplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 Manage dis tribution list s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Te xt message cou nter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Mult imedia mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Dele te messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 E-mai l messa g es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Voi ce messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Info mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 Message settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 E-mai l setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 Font si ze sett ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 Servic e commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 9 Instan t messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 IM serv ice provide r icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Regi ster with an IM servic e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 IM menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 Log in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 IM conv ersation s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 IM cont acts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 Group cha t session s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 IM sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 Log off service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 10 BlackBerr y c o nnectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Bla ckBerry Enterpri se Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 Bla ckBerry Web Clie nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 E-mai l topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 0 11 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Rece nt call lis ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 Tim ers and counter s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 12 Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 Add contac ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 Search for a con tact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Dele te contac ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Edit or del ete details in contact s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Copy cont acts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 Send and r eceive busi ness cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 Speed di aling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Voi ce dialing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide vii Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Save numbers on the SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Cal ler groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 13 Setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Tone se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0 Displ ay setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Tim e and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Person al shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 Bluet ooth techn ology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4 Cal l setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Phone set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 7 Enhan cement se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Securi ty settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Rest ore factory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 14 Gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 15 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Came ra settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Take a ph oto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3 Record a v ideo clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 16 Organi zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Alarm cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 Cal endar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 To-do l ist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Wall et . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Synch ronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 17 Appli cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3 Colle ction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 4 Ext ras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 18 Service s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Phone set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 8 Browse th e pages of a service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Down loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Servic e inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Cach e memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2 Browse r s ecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 19 SIM se rvices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
viii Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 20 PC connect ivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 PC Suit e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 5 EGPRS, HSC SD and CSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Data com municat ions applicat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 21 Enhanc ements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Safet y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 6 Enhan cements for your ph on e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 22 Tips and hin ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Transfe rring data from the prev ious phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7 Ret urning to the st andby mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Usin g the ph one in the standby mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 The se curity key guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9 Keyboard lig hts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 The e- mail appl ication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Settin g up a Bluetooth c onnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Wri ting text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9 Vi ewing contac ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Viewi ng the calen dar and calendar n otes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Custom izing persona l shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 The c amera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 0 The c alculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 0 23 Referenc e Informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Batte ry informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 Enhan cements, bat teries, and chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Care an d mai ntenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 2 Additi onal safety inform ation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Tech nical in fo rmat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Nokia one-year lim ited warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Appen dix A Message fro m the CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Appen dix B Message from the FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Nokia 6820i phon e at a glance Display screen Ta l k k ey En d key Charger port Ke y p a d Earpiece Po p - Po r t connector Microphone Five-way joystick Lou dspeak er Po w e r k e y Right sele ct io n key Left selection key Came ra le ns Infrared port
2 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Quick guide Make a call Enter a pho ne number , an d press the Tal k key . Ans wer a call Press t he Ta lk ke y , o r sele ct Answer . Ans wer call duri ng ca ll Press t he Ta lk ke y . End a c all Press t he End key . Decl ine a call Pres s the End key (se nds the call to voice mail, if availabl e ). Mute a call Select Mu te during a call. Red ial Press t he Ta lk ke y twice. Adju st ca ll v olume Press the joyst ick to th e left or the righ t. Use the in -call m enu Select Options during a c all. Save a nam e and nu mber Enter a num ber , select Save , enter a name, an d select OK . Use 1- touc h di alin g Press and hold a key ( 2 Ã¢ÂÂ8 ). Y ou must first assi gn a key to a number in the ph onebook. Look up a na me Select Names > Fin d . Che ck vo ice mail Press and hold the 1 key . (Contact your servic e prov ider for details.) Wr ite an d Se nd a t ex t mes sage Select Menu > Messag es > Text Mess ages > Cr eate Messag e . Writ e t he m ess age, se lec t Se nd , ente r the phone numbe r , and select OK . Send a picture , video, or audio f ile Select Men u > Ga ller y . Selec t a folder a nd locate the item y ou wis h to send. Se lect Opti ons > Send. Enter the phone number and select OK . Read a new messa ge If New Mes sa ge appe ars, select Read , high light the message, and select Read aga in . Rep ly t o a messa ge After v iewing a messa ge, sel ect Re ply . Write your reply and sele ct Se nd . Pres s Press a key briefly and release it. Pres s and hold Press a key , hold it for tw o to three second s, and releas e it.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 3 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia F or you r s afe ty 1 For your safe ty Read th ese simple guidelines . Not following them m ay be da ngerous or il legal. Read the complete user gui de for furth er information. SWIT CH ON SA FEL Y Do not switc h the phone on wh en wireless phone use is prohibited or w hen it may caus e interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Obe y all lo cal laws. Alw ays ke ep you r hands fre e to ope rate the vehicle while driving. Y o ur first cons ideration while d riving should be road s afety . IN TERFEREN CE All wirele ss phones may be susceptible to interference, w hich could affect perform ance. SWIT CH OFF IN HO SPIT A LS Follow any restrictions. Swit ch the phon e off near me dical equipm ent. SWI T CH OFF IN A IRCRAFT Follow any restric tions. Wireles s devices can caus e interfe rence in aircraft . SWI T CH OFF WHEN R EFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling poi nt . Do n't use n ear fu el or ch em icals . SWI TCH OFF NEAR BLAS TING Follow any restric tions. Don' t use th e phone w here blastin g is in progress. US E SEN SI BL Y Use on ly in the no rmal position as explained in th e product documentation. D on't to uch the antenn a un necess arily . QUALIFI E D SERVICE Only qualified perso nnel may install or repair this produc t. ENHA NC EME NTS AN D BA TTE RIE S Use on ly approved enhanceme nts and batteries. Do n ot conne ct incom patible produc ts.
4 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia WA TER-R ESISTANCE Y our phone is n ot w ater-res istant. K eep it dry . BAC K-U P COP IES Remembe r to make back -up copies or keep a written rec ord of all importan t information stored in your ph one. CO NNECT ING TO OTHER DEVI CES When c onnecting to any othe r device, read its user guide for detailed safety inst ructions . Do not con nect in compatible products. EME RGE NCY CALL S Ensure the phone is switched on and i n service. Select End as m any t ime s as needed to clear t he display and return to the main screen. Enter the emergenc y num ber; th en se lect t he Talk key . Give your location . Do not end the c all until given pe rmissi o n to do so. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ NETWORK SERVICES T o use the phone you must have service f rom a wireless ser vice provider . Many of t he features in th is device depend on features in the wire less network t o f unct ion. These Networ k Services may not b e availabl e on all n etworks o r yo u may have to ma ke sp ecific arra ngeme nts w ith your servic e provide r before you can u tilize Network Services . Y our service provider ma y need to giv e you addit ional instructions for the ir use and explain what charges will apply . Some netwo rks m ay hav e limitatio ns that affe ct how you can use Ne twork Service s. Fo r instance, some ne tworks may not support all la n guage-dependent characters and s ervices. Y our service provider may have requested that certain features be disabled or n ot activated in your de vice. If so, th ey will n ot appear on your de vice m enu. Conta ct your service provider for more in formation. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SHARED MEMORY The follow ing features in this device ma y share me mory: con tacts, text, I M and multime dia messages, e-mail, voice tags and SMS distribu tion lists, images, ringing tones, video and sound clips in the gallery , camera, cale ndar , to-do note s, Java TM games, applications, and the notes feature. U se of one or more of these feature s may reduc e the me mory available for the rema ining fe atures sharin g memory . For exam ple, savin g many im ages may use all of the availa ble memory . Y our phone may display a m essage that the memory is full wh en you try to use a shared mem ory featu re. In this ca se, delete som e of the information or en tries stored in th e shared m emory feature s before continu ing. Some of the feature s, such as calenda r notes , may h ave a certa in amount of me mory specially a llotted to th em in addition to the amoun t of mem ory sha red w ith othe r featu res.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 5 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia We lc o m e to N o k i a 2W e l c o m e t o N o k i a Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 6820i mobile phone. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ ABO UT Y OUR PHONE The Nokia 6820i ph one comes in tw o model ty pes. The Noki a 6820a ph one i s ap prov ed for use in 900 , 1800, an d 1900 M Hz GSM net works,. The Noki a 682 0b phone is approve d for use in 850, 1800, and 1900 MHz GSM ne tworks. To view y our mo del t ype, re fer to the i nform ati on labe l und er th e bat tery . F or more info rma tion about whe re this la bel is loc ated, see Ã¢ÂÂThe phone label Ã¢ÂÂ on pa ge 7 . When using the features in this de vice, obey all laws and respect priva cy and le gitimate rights of othe rs. War n i ng : To u se any features in th i s d evic e, other than the alarm clock, t he phone must be swit ched on. Do not switch th e device on whe n wireless phon e use may cause interference or d anger . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to register your phone at w ww .warranty .noki ausa.com or 1-888- NOKIA-2U (1-888 -665-422 8) s o that we c an serv e your needs better if you should need to call the center or h ave your phone repaired. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ LOOK FO R UPDATES From time to time , Nokia updates this guide to refle ct cha nges. The late st versio n may be avai lable at www .nokiausa.com . An interactiv e tutoria l may be avail able at www .n okiahowto.com . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ E-NEWSLETTERS When yo u reg ister your ph one, you can si gn up f or th e Nokia e-n ewslet ter No kia Con ne ctio ns if you w ould like. You will receive tips an d tricks on using your phone, accessory information, and special offers. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ ACCESSI BILITY SO L UTION S Nokia is committ ed to making mobile phones eas y to u se for all indiv iduals. Nokia maintain s an Inte rnet site that is de dicated t o accessi bility solu tions. For m ore inform ation about pho ne feat ures , enha ncemen ts, alt ernat e form at u ser guides, and other No kia products design ed with your nee ds in mind, visi t the We b site at www .nokiaaccessibility .com . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ COPYR IGHT PROTECTION Copyright protection s may prevent some imag es, ringing tones, and othe r content from being copied, mo dified, transferred, or forwarded.
6 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ O VERV IEW OF P HON E FUN CTI ONS Y our Nok ia 6820i ph one provi des ma ny u seful feature s: Mess aging ke yboard Ã¢ÂÂprovides a complet e keyboard designed for easy text writing. Y ou can use all of th e phone fun ctions with the key boa rd ei th er cl osed o r open . When you o pen th e keyboard you h ave the extra benefit of a full messaging keyboard. Speak erp hone Ã¢ÂÂallows you to have h ands-free conve rsa t ions. Y ou can a ctivate the loudspe aker at any tim e du ring a call. To act ivate the speakerph one , s el ect Loud sp . T o dea ct iv ate the spea kerphon e du ring a call, se lect Ha nds et . EDGE (enh anced dat a r ates fo r GSM evoluti on) Ã¢ÂÂall ows yo u to us e EDGE pack et transmis sion n etworks for connec tions th at are faster th an G PRS. XHTM L browser Ã¢ÂÂallow s you to retrie ve and vie w colorful and rich gra phical conte nt from W eb servers. Inst an t mes sag ing Ã¢ÂÂ lets you send shor t te xt m ess ages tha t are del ive red t o onli ne user s. E-m ail Ã¢ÂÂlets you writ e, sen d, and retrieve e-ma il from your compati ble e-m ail accou nt. MMS ( multi media m essagi ng se rvic e) Ã¢ÂÂ lets you send and receive mu ltimedia messag es containing tex t, pic tures, sound or video clips to and from compatible devices. Y ou can save the picture s and ringing ton es on your phon e. GPRS (gen eral packet rad io serv ice) Ã¢ÂÂallows your phone to send and re ceive data over a mobile network. Applications such as WAP , MMS and SMS messaging, and Java may use GPRS. P o l yphonic sound Ã¢ÂÂcon sists of several sound com ponents that are p layed at th e same time. The phon e has soun d co mpo nen ts f rom ov er 4 0 inst rum ent s and ca n pla y up to 16 ins trum ent s at the sam e time. The phon e suppor ts scalable pol yphoni c MIDI (SP-MI DI) format . J2ME TM (Java 2 Platfor m , Micro Edition) suppor t Ã¢ÂÂlet s yo u play the in clu ded J ava applications and games and supports many a pplications and games that you can dow nload. O T A (over -the-ai r) s ettin gs se rvic e Ã¢ÂÂ allows y ou to rec eive WAP , MM S, GPRS and ot her wirele ss service s ettings dire ctly as an OT A mess age. Y ou only n eed to save th e set ting s on your ph one . For mor e inf ormat ion on the ava ilability of t he settin gs, conta ct you r service provider or the nearest authorized Noki a dealer .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 7 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia We lc o m e to N o k i a Ã¢ÂÂ¢ THE PHONE LABEL If you n eed he lp, No kia Cu sto mer Care is availabl e for assistan ce. We recommend that you obtain t he label informat ion so it can be available if y ou call. This information is on t he back of the phone, be nea th t he ba tte ry . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ The int ernational m obile equ ipment identity (IM EI) num ber Ã¢ÂÂ¢ The phon e model nu mber Contact Nokia Please have y our ph one or e nhancem en t with you wh en you place the ca ll. Nokia Customer Care Center , U SA Customer Care, Canada Nokia Inc. 7725 Woodland Ce nter Boulevard Suite 1 50 T ampa, Fl orida 336 14 Te l: 1-888-N OKI A-2U (1-888 -665-42 28) Fax: 1-8 13- 249-96 19 TTY : 1-800-2 4-NOKIA (hearing impaired only ) (1-800 -246-654 2) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 Wes tn ey R oad So uth Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Tel: 1-905 -427 -1373 1-888 -22- NOKIA (1-8 88-226-6 542) Fax: 1-905 -6 19-4360 Information label unde r battery
8 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 3 Phone setup Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CONN ECTORS Connector for battery c harger (1) Connector for headsets, data cable, and other acc essories (2) Connector for mic rophone (3) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ INSTA LL SIM CARD AND BATTERY K eep all SIM c ards out of the reach of small ch ildren. For a vailability a nd inform ation on using SIM card services, contact your SIM card vendor . This m ay be the service provider or another ven dor . The SIM card and its cont acts c an be easily damaged by scratches or bending, so be careful when handli ng, insert ing, or remov ing the card. Before insta lling the SI M card, always ma ke sure that the phone is switched off and disconnected from th e charger or an y enhanceme nt; then remov e the battery . 1 With th e back of the phone facing you, pu sh and ho ld the back c over release button. 2 While holding the release button , l ift t he ba ck cover off the phone. 3 Slide the battery into the back cov er . Import an t: I nsert the battery e xactly as shown in t he diagram. The contacts on the batt ery must be ali gned with th e contacts on t he phone for the phone to operate. The battery should click into position in the back cove r .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 9 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Phone setup 4 To release t he SIM card holder , s lide the ca rd holder back wards. 5 Op en the SIM ca rd hol der by lifting it up. 6 Insert th e SIM card into the SIM card h older . Make s u re that the SIM card is properly in se rt ed and that the golden contact area on the card is facing downwards. 7 Close the SIM card holder . 8 Slide the holder b ack into plac e. 9 P o sition the bac k cove r agains t the l ockin g catc hes on th e front c over . 10 Push down the opposite end of t he back cover until it locks into place.
1 0 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CHARGE THE BAT TERY 1 Conne ct the char ger to a wall s ocket. 2 Conne ct the le ad from the cha rger to the socket on the bottom of your phone . Charging appears briefly if th e phone is switche d on. If th e battery i s comple tely discharged, it may take a few mom ents before the chargin g indicator appears on the display or be fore any calls can be made. Y ou ca n use t he phon e whi le th e charg er is con nec ted. Charging time de pends on the c harger and the battery use d. For example, charging a BL- 5C battery w ith the ACP-12 travel c harger takes ab out 1.5 hours while t he phone is in the standby mode. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SWITC H THE PHONE ON AND OFF To sw itc h on the ph one, select and hold the Po w e r key . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ If the phone prom pts you for a PIN code or a security code, key in th e cod e, and sele ct OK . (For more in formation, se e Ã¢ÂÂAccess c odesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 69.) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ If the phone displays Insert SI M c ard , ev en thou gh the S IM card is properly inserted, or SIM c ard n ot su ppo rted , contact your provider . Y our phone does not sup port 5-V SIM cards. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ HOW TO HOLD YOUR PHONE Hold the ph one as shown with th e antenna are a pointing u p.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 1 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Phone setup TIPS ON EFFICIENT OP ERA TION : Y our phone has a built-in ant enna. As with any othe r radio transm itting device , do not touch t he a ntenna ar ea un necess arily when the ph one is switche d on. C ontact w ith the antenna affects c all quality and ma y cau se t he pho ne to operate at a higher po wer l e ve l th a n o th erw i se n ee de d . Not tou ching th e an tenna a rea during a phon e ca ll optimizes the anten na performa nce an d the t alk tim e of your phon e.
12 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 4 Phone basics Y our phone can be used w ith the k eyboard open or closed. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ O PEN THE K EYB OA RD 1 Hold the ph one with bot h hands, and open the k eyboard as shown. 2 Extend the keyboa rd until you he ar it c lick into place.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 13 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Phone basics 3 Turn the phone t o a horizontal position and h old is as s hown.
14 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K EY FUNCTIONS (KEYBOARD CLOSED) Po w e r k ey (1)Ã¢ÂÂswitc hes the phon e on and off. When the ke ypad is locke d, it t urns the phone display lights on for about 15 seconds. Selec tion ke y (2)Ã¢ÂÂhas no function w hen th e keyboard is closed. Left sel ect ion key ( ) ( 3) and rig ht se lec tion key ( ) (3)Ã¢ÂÂ provide a variety of functions depe nding on th e di spla y tex t abov e the keys . Five-way joy stick (4)Ã¢ÂÂ moves in fo ur directions and selects the active menu option wh en presse d. For de tails, se e Ã¢ÂÂ Th e five-way joy stickÃ¢ÂÂ on page 1 6. Ta l k k ey (5 )Ã¢ÂÂ dia ls a ph one nu mbe r a nd answers a call. In the stan dby mode it accesses the li st of most re cently called numbe rs. End ke y ( 6)Ã¢ÂÂe nds a n act ive cal l or e xit s from the cu rrent function . Ty ping keys (7)Ã¢ÂÂenters num bers and characte rs. Note: Some phones may not display the mo bile Internet sym bol on the 0 key .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 15 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Phone basics Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K EY FUNCTIONS (KEYBOARD OPEN) When the keyboard is opene d, the di splay graphics rotate 90 degrees and the Left , Midd le , and Right selection k eys cha nge posit ions. The guiding te xt near the Left an d Righ t sele ction ke ys do es no t cha nge. Keyboa rd l ight key (1)Ã¢ÂÂswitches th e keyboard light on or off. Po w e r k ey (2)Ã¢ÂÂswitc hes the phon e on and off. Five-way joystic k (3)Ã¢ÂÂmoves in four direction s and sele cts the displayed menu option w hen pressed. Backspace key ( 4) Ã¢ÂÂde let es cha ract e rs. Character key (5)Ã¢ÂÂopens a set of c haracters and symbols during te xt writi ng. Shif t keys (6)Ã¢ÂÂe nters upp e r ca s e letters and symbols. Y ou can press the Shi ft key first, then the desired key; or press both keys at the sa me time. Space bar keys (7) Ã¢ÂÂente rs a s pace. Ta l k key ( 8)Ã¢ÂÂdials a phone number an d answers a cal l. In the st andby mode it acce sses the list of m ost recen tly called numbers. Left sel ectio n ke y ( ) (9 ) and Right s election key ( ) (9) Ã¢ÂÂse lects the m enu o ptio n shown by the text displayed above th e key . End key ( 1 0 )Ã¢ÂÂend s an ac tive ca ll or exits from a fun ction . Ent er key (1 1 )Ã¢ÂÂstarts a new li ne wh en writ ing text.
16 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ THE F IVE-WAY JOYSTICK The Five-way joyst ick pro vides a variety o f func tions: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Allows you to scroll through lists Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Moves the cursor up an d down, right and left whe n writing te xt, using the c alendar , and in s ome game applicatio ns Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Sele cts the a ctive menu i tem when pre sse d brie fly ( or con firms a s elec tion) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Adjusts the v olume when m oved to the left ( to decrease vo lume) or to t he right (to in cre ase vo lu me) d uri ng a ca ll Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Activ ates t he camera whe n mo ved up i n th e sta ndb y mod e Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Opens the t ext ed iting s creen to w rite a text messa ge wh en mov ed to th e left in the standby mode Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Opens the c alendar when mov ed to th e right in th e standby mo de Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Opens the contac ts list when mo ved down in the standby mode Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T HE STA N DBY MO DE When the phone is ready for use (t he keyboard can be closed or open) , and you h ave not keyed in any characters, the phone is in th e standby mode. The followin g list describes the sections of the screen while in the standby mode. (F or detailed descriptions of t he screen icons, see Ã¢ÂÂStandby mode iconsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 17.) Netwo rk (1)Ã¢ÂÂshows th e name of th e network or th e operator logo, to in dicate in which cellular n etwork the phone is c urrently being use d. Sign al st ren gth (2)Ã¢ÂÂshows the signal streng th of the cellular n etwork at the c urrent lo cation. Th e highe r the bar , the s tronger the s ignal. Batter y charge (3)Ã¢ÂÂshow s the battery charge level. Th e higher the bar , the more c harge in the batte ry . Left sel ectio n key menu opti on (4 )Ã¢ÂÂs how s the men u option, whic h is Go to in the standby mode . Me nu (5)Ã¢ÂÂshows t he joystick m enu option. Righ t sele ct ion k ey m enu op tio n (6)Ã¢ÂÂsh o w s the Righ t selec tion ke y men u op ti on th at can be customized to display your preferred s hortcu t. The default setting i s Na me , which acc esses th e Con tacts menu . T o choose your own me nu option for this key , see Ã¢ÂÂ P ersonal shortcutsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 62.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 17 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Phone basics Ã¢ÂÂ¢T H E G O T O M E N U Use t hese steps to custo mize t he Go to me nu. 1 Select Go t o to view the list of shortcuts in your personal shortcut list. 2 To add items to the Go to men u, o r re move it ems fr om t he me n u, s ele ct O pti on s > Selec t o ption s . Scroll to the desired function and select Mark t o add it to the sh ortcut list. To remove a function from t he list, selec t Unmark . 3 To re arra ng e item s in th e Go to menu , se l ect Opti ons > Organ ize . Selec t th e desi red funct ion an d Mo ve , then th e lo cation wher e you want to move th e function. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K EYBOARD LIGHTS When you open th e keyboard, the main disp lay is lit, bu t the k eyboard lights do not autom atically illum inate. T o turn on the keyboard lights, press the Ke yb o ar d light ke y , located on the top left corn er of the keyboard. Th e keyboard lights are switch ed off after a certa in time , but t hey are turned o n aga in as s oon as y ou pres s any k ey . To swit ch the keyboard lights off, press the Keyboar d light key or close the ke ybo ard. Screensaver With th e key board clo sed, the phone automatic ally ac tivates a scre ensave r w hile in the standby mode. This occurs after a certain length of tim e when none of the ph one functions have been used. F or more in formation on t he display , see Ã¢ÂÂDisplay settings Ã¢ÂÂ on page 6 1. W allpaper Y ou can set your phon e to display a background pic ture as wallpaper w hen the phone is in the standby m ode. For in formation on cu stomizin g your w allpaper , see Ã¢ÂÂ Display settings Ã¢ÂÂ on page 6 1. Standby mode icons Icon Indic ates ... Y ou have one or more new te xt or picture me ssages. Y ou have on e or more new mu ltimedia m essages . Y ou r pho ne is con nected to the IM service and the availability status is online or offline, respe ctively . Y ou h ave one or more IM messages and you are c onn ected to the IM se rvice.
18 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia The phon e keypad is locked. The phon e will not rin g for an incoming call or a text m essage beca use Incom in g cal l ale rt and Messag e alert to ne are set to Off . The alarm cloc k is set to On . The cou ntdown t imer is runn ing. The stopwatch is ru nning in the back ground. The EGPRS conne ction m ode is set to Alwa ys onli ne an d EGPRS servic e is availa ble. An EGPRS connection is a c tive. The EGPRS conne ction is suspended (on hold) . There i s an acti v e IR conne ction. Y ou r calls are forwarded to anoth er number . If you have two phon e lines, the icon for the first line is and for the second l ine is . The selected phone line (only ap pears if you have two phone lin es). Th e l oudsp eake r i s a cti vate d. Calls are limited to a cl osed user group. See Ã¢ÂÂ Security settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 68. The timed profil e is selected. A h eadse t enha ncem ent is con nec ted to th e phone. A hands-free enh ancem ent is connec ted to the phone. A loopset enhanceme nt is connected to t he phone. A mus ic st and en hanc ement is con nec ted to the p hone. Icon Indic ates ...
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 19 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Phone basics Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K EYPAD LOCK ( KEYGUARD) The ke ygua rd feat ure lock s the keyp ad t o pre vent t he ke ys from being a cciden tally pr esse d. Y ou c an loc k the keypa d onl y whe n the keyb oard is close d. Security keygu ard is an ad ditio nal feat ure that allows you to se t up a code t o un lock yo ur phone before use. F or information on security keyguard, se e Ã¢ÂÂPhon e setting sÃ¢ÂÂ on p age 67. Not e: When keygu ard is on, calls may be possible to the emergency number programme d into your phon e. K ey in the emergency nu mber , and pre ss the Ta l k key . The nu mber is dis played only afte r you have keyed in its las t digit. LOC K TH E KE YPA D Ã¢ÂÂ¢ In the standby mode, s elect Menu , and press * wi thin 1.5 s econds. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o l oc k the keyp ad du ri ng a ca ll , sele ct Opt ions > Lock K eypa d . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To answ er a call wh en key guar d is on, pres s th e Ta lk ke y . Durin g the call, the phone can be operated no rmally . When y ou end or reject the call, th e keypad automatica lly lock s. UNLOC K T HE KEYPAD Select Unl ock , and press * within 1 .5 seconds; or ope n the ke yboard. The keyguard do es not autom atica lly react ivate whe n yo u close the k eyboa rd. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ OVER-THE-AIR SETTINGS S ERVICE To u se wireless ser vices such as MMS an d EGPRS , you need t o have pro per connec tion setti ngs on your phone. These settings may have already been set up by your service provider . If not, you m ay ob tain the se ttin gs dire ctly as a n O TA message , and sa ve them on your phon e. For more information, contact your service provide r . Y ou may be able to re ceive the conn ection se ttings for EGPRS, mult imedia message s, synchroniza tion, e-mail, and multimod e brows er . When you have rec eived the con nection settings as an O TA message , Connecti on setti ngs rec eived is dis played. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o save the settings, select Optio ns > Save . If th e phone prompts you to ente r the PIN code for the settin gs, key in the PIN code, and select OK . To obtain the PIN code, contact the service provider th at supplies the sett ings. If no settin gs have been saved yet, the settings are sav ed unde r the firs t free connection set. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To vie w th e rece ive d setti ngs f irst, s elect Option s > View . To save the s et tings , select Save . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o discard t he recei ved setti ngs, sel ect Options > Discard . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To ac tiva te over-the-air settings, sele ct Activ ate from the appropriate applicat ionÃ¢ÂÂ s menu in the Message sett ing s me nu. For more information on activating t he settin gs, see Ã¢ÂÂ Conne ct to a s erviceÃ¢ÂÂ on page 89.
20 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 5 Call functions Ã¢ÂÂ¢ MAKE A CALL Y ou can make a call with the keyboard open or closed. If you ope n the ke yboard, the loudspe aker a u tomatica lly ac tivates . Enter th e phone number 1 K ey in the phone numbe r , inclu ding the area c ode. If you key i n an i ncor re ct ch arac ter , s elec t Clear to de lete it. To ma ke a ca ll wh en the keyboard is open, key in t he phon e number usin g the number k eys. For in ter nat io nal ca lls, press * t wice for t he inter natio nal pref ix, o r , if the keyb oard is open, press . (The chara cter repl aces the i nter national access code.) Then key in the countr y code, t he a rea code (without the leadin g 0), if necessary , and the phone number . 2 Press t he Ta lk key to call th e num ber . 3 Press t he End key to end t he ca ll or to c ancel the call a ttempt. Note: T o ad just the volum e during a call, mov e the joystick t o the righ t to increa se the volume or to the left to decrea se the volume . For more information, se e Ã¢ÂÂOptio n s during a callÃ¢ÂÂ on page 22. Use the contact list 1 Select Names > Find an d a name from the list. 2 Choose a phone nu mber for t he contact, and pres s the Ta l k key . 3 Press t he End key to end t he ca ll or to c ancel the call a ttempt. To s earch for a name or ph one num ber that you h ave saved in Contacts , se e Ã¢ÂÂSe arch for a contactÃ¢ÂÂ on p age 56. Last number re dial In th e standby mode, press the Talk key on ce to acce ss the lis t of the last 20 numbe rs you called or att empted to c all. Scroll to the nu mber or n ame that y ou want, and press the Ta l k key to call the numb er . Call your voice mailbox In the standby mode when th e keyboard is closed, press and hold 1 , or press 1 , th en the Ta l k key . When t he keyboard is open, press and hold the corresponding number ke y on the keyb oard. If you are prompted to supply a v oice mailb ox number , key it in , and select OK . Conta ct your service provider to obtain your v oice mailbo x n umber . For more information, s ee Ã¢ÂÂV oice messagesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 3 6.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 2 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Call functions Speed dial a phon e number Before you can us e 1-tou ch dia ling you n eed to ass ign speed dial numbe rs. For more information, see Ã¢ÂÂ Speed dialingÃ¢ÂÂ on page 58. If 1-touc h di alin g is set to off, press the speed dialing n umber , and press the Tal k key . If 1-touc h di alin g is set to on, press an d hold a speed dialing key u ntil the call is s tarted. Note: T o act ivate 1-touc h dialing, selec t Menu > S ettin gs > M ore s ettin gs > Ca ll setti ngs > 1-to uch di aling > On . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ A NSWER OR RE JECT AN IN COMING CAL L Press t he Ta lk key to answ er a n incom ing c all and th e En d ke y to end th e cal l. Press t he End key to rejec t an incom ing c all. If you sel ect S ilen ce , onl y the r ingi ng to ne is mute d. Th en, ei ther answe r or re ject t he ca ll. If yo u are using a headset w ith a headset key , you can als o answer and end a call by pressing the he adset key . If the Call forwarding function has b een activa ted to forward c alls, rejectin g an incoming call will a lso forwar d the call. See Ã¢ÂÂCall settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on pa ge 66. Caller ID When the re is an inc oming call, th e phone show s the callerÃ¢ÂÂs name or phon e number , or Priva te nu mbe r or Call i s displayed. If mo re than o ne name is found in Con tacts with the same seven last digits of t he phone number as the callerÃ¢ÂÂs nu mber , only the phone number is displayed (if it is available ). If the callerÃ¢ÂÂs number has not been sa ved in Contacts , but there is another name saved with the same seve n last digits in the phon e num be r as in the ph one num ber of the c aller , the phone m ay display an incorrec t name. Call w aiting Du ring a c all, pres s the Tal k k ey to answ er the wa iting call. The first c all is put on hold. Press the End key t o end the active c all . To activate call waiting, see Ã¢ÂÂ Cal l settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on pa ge 66.
22 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ OPT IONS DUR ING A CAL L Many of the opt ions during a call are depende nt on ne twork se rvices. For a vailability , contact your service prov ider . When yo u sele ct Opt ions during a call, you can select one of the fol lowing basic options: Hold or Unhold , Mute or Unmut e , Contacts , New cal l , Menu , Lock keypad , Record , End c all , Touch t one s , and Louds peaker or Handset . Louds peaker or Handset . activ ates or de activa tes the loudspea ker durin g a ca ll. Do not hold the pho ne to your e ar during loudspe aker operation. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To ac tiva te the lou dspeaker , open the ke yboard. If the keyboard is closed, select Lo ud sp. (if a vailable) or Options > Loudspeaker . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o deactivate t he loudspeaker , close the keyboard. If the keyboard is closed, select Handset (if availabl e) or Options > Hand set . The loud speake r is deactiva ted aut omatic ally whe n you end a call ( or a c all attempt) , whe n yo u co nnec t a co mpa tibl e han ds- fr ee u n it or a headset to the phon e, or when you close the keyb oard. If you h ave connec ted a compa tible hands - free unit or a head set to th e phone , the Handset optio n is replaced with Handsfree or Headset an d t he se lect io n ke y Handset is replaced with Handsfr . or Headset re sp ectively . Conf erence allo ws yo u to ma ke a confe rence call th at allows up to fiv e people to take part in a conferen ce ca ll. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To create a con ference call, during a call se lect Op ti o ns > New call . Enter a phone number for the new partic ipant, and sele ct Ca ll > Option s. Wh en the ne w pa rtic ipa nt answ ers, sel ect Options > Conference . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To have a pri vate c onversati on wi th one of the partici pants , select Private an d the pa rtic ipa nt. T o re join the conf eren ce c all afte r a priv ate con vers ation , s elect Conferen ce . Sen d Touch t on es allo ws yo u to send a series of touc h ton es, s uch as p assw ords or bank accou nt numb ers. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To send touc h tones durin g a ca ll, select Optio ns > To uch tones , en ter the touc h tones , and sele ct Tone s . The t ones ar e sen t in th e orde r you ent ered them. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o ente r a pause character (p) between tou ch tones, press * three time s. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To enter a w ait cha racter (w) between touch t ones, pre ss * four time s. Swa p sw itches between the active call and the call on h old. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To switch from a n active call to a call on hold, select Opt ions >S wap . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o switch back, select Options >Sw ap .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 23 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia T ext entry 6 Text en try Y our phone is specific ally designed for easy and comfortable te xt writing. The easiest way to wr ite is usi ng yo ur t humbs to typ e on the mess ag ing keyb oard . Y ou c an s tar t w rit ing a mess age usin g the k eyb oar d, clo se the k ey board, and con tinu e w rit ing w ith eith er t rad ition al or p redicti ve text i nput. P redicti ve text i nput i s not avai lable when the k eyboar d is open. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ W RI TE WITH THE KEYBOARD OPEN When the ke ybo ard is open , you can st art t o write a me ssag e in se veral ways. Ã¢ÂÂ¢S e l e c t Menu > Messag es > Text messages > Cre ate message . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Move th e joystick to t he left in t he standby mode. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Press any of the lette r keys in th e standby mode to open Not es . AVAIL ABLE FUNCTI ONS The following functions are available when w riting text with the keyb oard open: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o insert a n umber , press a number ke y . (If you press a number key in the standby mode, it initia tes a norma l call proc edure.) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To sw itch be tween the lower and uppe r case, indicat ed by , , or on the top left of the display , or to key in symbols, press the Shif t ke ys on the k eyb oard . Y ou can eit her press a Sh ift key an d the de sired character consecutively; or p ress and hold a Shift ke y and the desired le tter k ey at th e same time. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o w rite in upper case on ly , press one of the Shif t keys tw ice . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To delete characters from the display , press the Bac ks pa ce ke y , or sele ct Clear . Press the Backspace key br iefly to clear o ne c haracte r at a time. Use a longer keypre ss to delete charac ters more quickly . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o add a space, press one of the Sp ace k eys at the bot tom of the keyboard. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o cr eate a lin e break, pr ess the Ent er key . T YPING AC CENTED CH ARACTE RS The characters available depend on the language selected in the Phone la nguag e menu . To type accent ed characters or symbols t hat are n ot pr inted on the keybo ard, do one of the follow ing: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o access a set of pun ctuation marks, ac cented characte rs, and symbols, press the Character ke y . Sc roll through the ch aracter set wi th the joy stick, and sele ct In sert to enter the s elected char acter . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o type an accented character that is not include d in the li st of special characters under the Character key , su ch as ÃÂ¡ , pre ss a nd ho ld t he Character key , and simultaneou sly press A repeatedly until the desired ac cented variant of A appears on the display .
24 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ W RITE W ITH T HE KEYB OARD CL OSED Y ou can use predictiv e or tradition al text input when the k eyboard is closed. Durin g writing, predictive text input is indic ate d by and traditional text input by on the top l eft of the displ ay . Y ou can chan g e t he character case (shown as Abc , ab c or ABC ) by pre ssing # . The nu mber mode is in dicated by 123 , and y ou can c hange between th e letter an d number modes by pres sing and holding # . Set predictive text on or off Predictiv e text anti cipates th e words you are typing t o make tex t entry more efficient . This feature is available when the keyboard is closed. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To quic kly set the pre dictive tex t i nput on or off when wri ting text, pre ss and hold Optio ns . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To c hoose th e language for pre dictive text, select Opt io ns > P red ic tive tex t and a language from the lis t. Predictive text Y ou can key in a ny le tter with a sing le keypress . Predictive tex t is based o n a bu ilt-in dictio nary to whic h you can a lso add ne w words . For more ins tructions for writ ing text, see Ã¢ÂÂTips for writ ing textÃ¢ÂÂ on page 25 . 1 Start wr iting a w ord using the 2 Ã¢ÂÂ9 ke ys. Pre ss ea ch ke y once for o ne let ter . Th e word may c hang e afte r ea ch key str oke . For example , to write Nok ia with th e Eng lish dictiona ry select ed, press 6 onc e for N , 6 once for o , 5 on ce for k , 4 once for i , an d 2 on ce for a . T o in sert a n umber w hile in let ter mode, press and hold th e desired num ber key . 2 When y ou have finished w riting the word and it is correc t, confirm it by pressing 0 to add a space or by mov ing the joystick to the right . 3 If the word is not the one you are looking for , press * repeatedly , or se lect Option s > Ma tches . 4 When the w ord yo u want appe ars, c onfirm it. If the ? c haracter a ppears afte r the word, t he word t hat you intende d to write is not in the dic tionary . 5 To add a w ord to the dictionary , select Sp el l , key in t he word ( traditional text inp ut is used), and sel ect Sav e . When t he dictio nary becomes f ull, the new wo rd replaces the olde st one that was a dd ed. 6 Start wr iting the n ext word. COM PO UND W ORD S K e y in the firs t part of th e wo rd, and c onfirm it by moving the joys tick t o the righ t. Write the las t part o f the w ord, and c onfirm it by moving th e joys tick to the right.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 25 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia T ext entry T raditional text input Pres s a nu mber key 1 Ã¢ÂÂ9 , repeatedly unti l the des ired charact er appears. The charact ers available depend on th e language selected in the Ph one l ang uag e me nu. To insert a nu mber while in lett er mode, pres s and hold the desired n umber k ey . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ If the ne xt let ter you w ant is loca ted on the s ame key as th e presen t one, wa it until the cursor appears, or move th e joystick to the right and key in the letter . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o ac cess th e most common punc tuation mark s and s pecial characters, press * . Tips for writing text The follo win g func tions may also b e avai lab le fo r wri ting text i n pre dict ive or t rad ition al inp ut: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o insert a space, pre ss 0 . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To move the cursor to th e rig ht, le ft , up or d o wn, u se th e j oys tick . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o delete a character from the display , sel ect Clear . Press and hold Clear to d ele te th e characte rs m ore quickly . To delete all th e characte rs simultane ously when writing a m essage, select Option s > Clear text . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To insert a w ord that is not in th e diction ary whe n usin g predictiv e text in put, select Opt ions > Inse rt w ord . W rite th e word usin g traditiona l text input , and sele ct Sav e . The word is also added to the diction ary . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To insert a sp ecial ch aracter wh en us ing traditiona l text in put, pre ss * . When usi ng predictive text in put, press and hold * , or se le ct Optio ns > Insert sym bol . Move the c ursor w ith the joystick t o a ch aracter , an d select Us e . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Y ou c a n also scrol l to a character by pressing 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 ; and press 5 . The follow ing options a re available when w riting tex t messag es: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To insert a ph one numbe r while in letter mode, sele ct Options > Inse rt numb er . Key in th e number , or se lect Find t o search for it in Co ntacts . When done, select OK . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To insert a name fro m Co ntac ts , sel ect Opti ons > Ins ert conta ct . T o insert a phon e number or a te xt ite m attac hed to the con tact na me, se lect Opti ons > View details .
26 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 7M e n u Y our phone offers y ou an ex tensive range of functions that are grouped into menus. Mos t of the menu func tions inclu de Help text. To vi ew the Help text, scroll to the me nu function you wa nt and wait 15 se conds. To exit the help t ext, select Back . Y ou can view the main me nu as a grid of icons or in list view . T o change the menu vie w , see Ã¢ÂÂDi splay settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 6 1 . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ FUNCTIONS 1 Select Men u . 2 Scroll through the menu by moving the joy stick up or down ( or right and left i f the grid menu is selecte d), and press the joy stick to select a highlighte d menu item. 3 If the menu c ontain s su bmenus, select t he one you w ant. 4 If the selected submenu contains furth er su bmenus, repe at step 3. 5 Select the set ting of your ch oice. 6 Select Back to return to the prev ious menu leve l, and Exit to ex it the m enu. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SHORT CUTS Each m enu, submenu, and settin gs option is num bered for quick acc ess . The shortcu t numbers a ppear the upper corner of t he disp lay . If you frequent ly use a spec ific me nu, you can key in the shortc ut num bers to go directly to that loc ation with out scro lling. To us e sh ort cu ts, s el ect Menu and, within 2 seconds, press the sequence of nu mber keys associate d with the me nu func tion you want t o view or activ ate. To access me nu funct ions in menu 1, pres s Menu > 1 , and key in the rest of the desired shortcut number . Select Bac k to return to the previous menu level a nd Exi t to exit t he menu.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 27 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Messages 8 Messages Y ou can re ad, write , send, and sav e text, mul timedia , and e-ma il messages. All messages are organized in folders. Bef ore y ou can s end te xt, pi ctur e or text (SMS) e-ma il mes sages, y ou need to sav e your message cent er pho ne number . See Ã¢ÂÂMessage settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 36 . The default setting of the mu ltimedia m essage s ervice is genera lly on. Note: When sendin g messages using the SMS network service, your phone m ay display Message sen t . T h i s i s a n i n d i c a t i o n t h a t t h e m e s s a g e h a s b e e n s e n t b y y o u r phone to the message cen ter number programmed into you r phone. This is not an indication tha t t he message has been received at the intended destinat ion. For more details about SMS s ervic es, chec k with your service provider . The appearance of a m ultimedia message may v ary depending o n the receiving devic e. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T EXT MESSAGES ( SMS) Y ou can use SMS (short m essage service) to send and receiv e multipart messages t hat consist of several ordinary text me ssages. This feature require s network services. See your service provider for mo re informati on about servi ce availability and pricing. Y our phone allows you to sen d text messages be yond the normal 1 60- charact er limit. If you r message exceeds 160 characters, it is s ent as a series of two or more messages. In the navigation bar , you can se e the mes sage length indic ator count ing backwa rds from 160. For ex ample, 1 0 (2) me ans that you ca n still a dd 1 0 characte rs for th e text to be sent as two messages. Usin g special ( Unicode) ch aracters, such as ÃÂ«, ÃÂ¢ , ÃÂ¡, ÃÂ¬, takes u p more spac e. I f ther e are spec ial charac ters in your me ssage, t he indica tor may not show the mes sage le ngth correctly . Before the message is sent, the devic e tells you if the me ssage ex ceeds the m axim um length allowed for one message. T o cancel sending, pre ss Cancel , or you can s ave th e m essage in the inb ox. Y ou ca n also send and recei ve text mess ages that contai n pictures. Thi s feature mus t be supported by your network serv ices or service provider . Only phones that offer picture mes sage fe ature s ca n rece ive a nd displ ay p ictu re mess ages. The text messag es fun ction uses s har ed memo ry . Write and send a message In t he standby m ode, yo u can mo ve the joy stick to the lef t to start wri ting a message qu ickly . The number of available characters is the f irs t p art , and the curre nt part n umb er is the second part of the multipart me ssage shown on the top righ t of the display (such as 120/2 ). 1 Select Menu > Message s > Text messag es > Create message . 2 K e y in you r me ssage .
28 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 3 T o sen d th e message, press th e Ta lk ke y . 4 Ent er th e reci pien tÃ¢ÂÂ s pho ne num ber , or sea rch f or it i n Contacts , and select OK . Sending options Afte r you ha ve w ritten a mess age, select Options > Se ndin g opti ons to cho os e from t he following opt ions: Sen d to many Ã¢ÂÂto s end a me ssage to s everal recipie nts. Wh en you have sent the messag e to all t he intende d recipients , select Do ne . Sen d to list Ã¢ÂÂto send a message using a distribu tion list. Sen ding pr ofile Ã¢ÂÂto send a mess age using a message profile. Write and send S MS Before you can s end an e-ma il using S MS, you need t o save the settings for sendin g e-mail. For ava ilability an d subscription to the e- mail serv ice, cont act your s ervice prov ider . 1 Select Menu > Messages > Text mes sages > Create SMS e-mail . 2 K ey in the re cipient Ã¢ÂÂ s e-ma il address; or search for it in Contacts , and s ele ct OK . 3 If you w ish, you ca n ke y in a s ubject fo r the e -mail, a nd se lect OK . 4 K e y in the e -mail messag e. The total num ber of ch aracters that yo u can key in is shown on the top right of th e display . Th e e -m ail address and subject are in cluded in the total number of characte rs. Also see Ã¢ÂÂText and pic ture templatesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 29. Picture s cannot be inserted. 5 T o sen d the e-m ail, p ress t he Ta l k ke y . If you have n ot saved the settin gs for sending e-mail, the phone prompts you to enter the number of the e-mail server . Ke y in th e information, and select OK to s end the e- ma il. Note: When sendin g e-mail usin g the SMS ne twork service, your phone may display Mess age sent . This is a n indicati on th at the e -mail ha s been se nt b y your phon e to the e-mail serve r . This is n ot an indication th at the e-mail has been rec eived at the intended destination. For more details about e -mail serv ices, ch eck w ith your s ervice provid er . Read and reply to S M S When you receive a message or an e-mail, t he new message icon and the number of new me ssages followed by mes sage (s) re ceiv ed is show n. The blin king icon indica tes that the me ssage me mory is full. Be fore you ca n receive new me ssages, delete some of your old message s from the In box folder . 1 Select Show to view th e new message . Select Exit t o v i e w i t l a t e r. T o v i e w t h e m e s s a g e later , select M enu > Messages > T ext messages > I nbo x .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 29 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Messages 2 If more than o ne message has been received , select the on e that you want to read. An unre ad text me ssage is indicated by in front of it. 3 While reading or viewing t he message, you c an select from a series of basic option s, su ch as Delete , Use d e tail , For wa r d , Ed it (as a t ext message or an e-mail) , Move , Rename , Copy to cale ndar , an d Message details . Copy t o calend ar Ã¢ÂÂ to copy text from th e beginning of th e message to your calendar as a memo for the current day . Mess age deta ils Ã¢ÂÂ to view , if available , the senderÃ¢ÂÂ s n ame and ph one number , t he messag e cente r us ed, and the da te and time of receipt. Use de tail Ã¢ÂÂto ex tract numbers, e-mail , and W eb si te addres ses from the curr ent messag e. Save picture Ã¢ÂÂ (when viewing a pict ure message ) , to save the picture in the Tem p l at e s fold er . 4 Select Origina l text to in clud e the or iginal messag e in the r eply , or sel ect a standa rd answer to be included in the re ply , or se lect Empty screen . Writ e your reply , and confirm or edit the e -mail address and subject. 5 Press t he Ta lk key to se nd t he me ssa ge t o t he d isp lay ed num ber . Inbox and sent items folders The phon e saves inc omin g te xt mess ages in the Inbo x fol der and sen t messa ges in the Se nt items folde r of th e Text m essages submenu. T ext me ssages th at you wish to send lat er can be sa ved in the Archive , My fo lders , or Te m p l a t e s folder . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ ARC HIVE FO LDER AN D CUSTOM FOLDERS To organize yo ur messag es, m ove them to t he Ar ch ive folder or add new folde rs for you r mess age s. While rea ding a message , select Options > Mov e and the folder to wh ich yo u want to m ove the me ssage . To add or delete a folder , sele ct Menu > Messag es > T ex t messages > My fold ers . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o add a folder , select Options > Add fol der . If y ou have n ot sa ved an y fol ders, select Ad d to creat e on e. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To delete a folder , loc ate the folder that you want to d elete , and sele ct Opt ions > Del ete folder . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T EXT AN D PICT URE TEMPLAT ES Y our p hone in clude s t ext tem pla tes, in dica ted by , a nd pict ure temp lat es, i nd ica ted b y . To access the template list, s elect Menu > Messages > T ext messages > T emplates .
30 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To insert a text template into a me ssage or a n e-mail, s elect Opti ons > Use templa te and the tem plate you wan t to i nsert. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o insert a pi cture into a text mes sage, select Op tio ns > In ser t pi ctu re and a pic ture to view it. Select Inser t to ins ert the pic ture into your me ssage. Th e ic on in th e header of the message indicate s that a picture h a s bee n attached. The number of characters allowed in t he message depends on the size of th e picture. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o v iew th e text an d the pi ctur e toget her bef ore sendi ng the m essage, selec t Option s > Prev iew . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ MANAGE DISTRIBUTION LISTS If y ou send messages frequently to a fixe d group of people, you can define and save distribution lists. The pho ne send s the m essage se paratel y t o each recipie nt on the list, so sendin g a me ssage using a distribution list may cost m ore than sendi ng a message to one recipient. Make sure that each conta ct you want to add to the distribu tion list s is alrea dy set up in yo ur pho ne. Use t hese s teps to se t up and name dist ribution lists. 1 In the standby mode, select Men u > M ess age s > Tex t me ss ages > Dist ri buti on list s . If y ou have created distribu tion l ists, th e current list appears. If you h ave not yet cr eated a list, Add appears. 2 To create a distri buti on list, selec t Add if it is the fi rs t list o r Option s > Ad d for a new list . 3 K e y in a nam e for the list, a nd select OK . 4 To add names to the lis t, select the lis t and View > Ad d to open Con tacts . Se le ct t h e desired contact. Use t hese steps to manage and edi t li sts. 1 To work with a lis t, select t he list name a nd Opt ions ; th en ch oose from the following opt ions: Add lis t Ã¢ÂÂcreates a new lis t. Rename list Ã¢ÂÂc ha nge s the nam e of a lis t . Clear l ist Ã¢ÂÂem pties th e list of n am es. Del ete list Ã¢ÂÂd ele tes th e lis t enti rel y . 2 To access the names on a list, loca te the desired list, and select View . T hen c ho ose f rom the follow ing options: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To view the contact inform ation for a recipie nt, locate the desired na me, and select Options > View de tails . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To delete a recip ien t from t he lis t, loc ate the desired n ame, and s elec t Options > Delet e c ont act .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 3 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Messages Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T EXT MESSAGE COUNTER The text message counter shows the number of sen t and received text and pic ture messages. Pictu re mess ages may co nsist o f more th an on e m essa ge. You can v iew the rec ipien t or sen der o f the mes sage, or vi ew the d etail s of t he messa ge. In the standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext mess ages > Message counter to view Sen t me ssa ges , Receiv ed me ssag es , or t o Clear counter s . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ MULTIMEDI A MESSAGES A multime dia message can con tain tex t and one image, soun d clip, video clip, or a slide . This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . Only phones t hat offer compat ible mult imedia me ssage featu res ca n receive and display multime dia mes sages. The phone supports mu ltimedia message s that ar e up to 1 00 KB. If the message contains an imag e, the p hone scal es the i mage to f it the dis pla y area. If the maxi mum siz e is excee ded, the pho ne ma y not be abl e to rec eive t he mess ag e. So me se rvic e pro vide rs se nd a text mes sage wi th a li nk or In tern et addr ess wh ere you c an vi ew the m ultim edia me ssage. Note: If Allo w m ultime dia rec eption is set to Ye s or I n home netw ork , y our operator or service prov ider may charge you for e ach message you receive. Multim edia messa ging w orks with the follow ing formats : Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Picture: JPEG , GIF , WBMP , BMP , PNG , and OT A-BM P Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Sound: scalable polyphon ic MIDI (SP-MIDI), AMR audio and m onophonic ringing ton es Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Video clips in H.263 format with Sub QCIF image size a nd AMR au dio The phon e does not necessarily support all variations of the listed file formats. If a received message contains any unsu pported elements, they may be replaced with the file name and the te xt Objec t fo rmat n ot supp orte d . Y ou cannot receive an y m ultimedia m essages if y ou h ave a ca ll in progres s, a game or another Java application runn ing, or if y ou h ave an ac t ive browsing session ove r GSM data . Because deliv ery of multimedia messages can fa il fo r a variety of reasons, do not rely solely upon the m for ess ential com munica tions. Y our phone allows you to send and rece ive multim edia message s that contain several pages or slides. To insert a slide in to a me ssage, select Menu > Messag es > Mul time dia msgs. > Cre at e m ess age > Op ti on s > In se rt > Sli de . Ea ch sli de can c ontai n te xt, on e imag e, and one sou nd cli p. T o move t he text part to t he top of the m essage, s elect Options > Text on to p . T o move the text part to the bottom of the me ssage, sele ct Opti ons > T ext on botto m . Copyright protecti ons may prevent som e images , ring ing tones, or other c ontent from be ing copied, modified, transferred or forwarded.
32 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Write and send T o define th e settin gs for mult imedia messagi ng, see Ã¢ÂÂMu ltimedi a messagesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 37. For information about subscribing to multimed ia messagin g service s, contact your service p rovider . 1 Select Menu > Mes sage s > Mult imed ia msgs . > Creat e me ssag e . 2 K ey in a mess age. 3 T o add a file to the m essage, s elect Opt ions > Inser t .> Ima ge , Sound cl ip , V ideo clip , or S lide . 4 Op en the f old er th at con tains the i tem yo u want t o add to the me ssa ge, loc ate th e desired file, and select Options > Inser t . An att ached file is indica ted by t he file na me in the m essage. 5 To insert a name from Contacts , se lec t Opti ons > Mo re o ption s > Inser t co ntact and the desired n ame. 6 T o insert a number , sel ect O ptions > More options > Insert number . Key in the number or search for it in Contacts , and select OK . 7 T o vi ew the mess age bef ore sen ding i t, sel ect Opt ions > Pr eview . 8 Press t he Ta lk key to se nd t he mess ag e, or se le ct O pti ons > Send to e-mail or Se nd t o many . 9 Ent er the r ecip ientÃ¢ÂÂ s phon e number (or e-m ail address ), or se arch f or it in Co ntacts . 10 Select OK . It take s more time to send a multimedi a message than a text mes sage. While the multime dia mes sage is be ing sent, the anim ated icon is displa yed, and you can use other function s on the phone. If there is an interruption w hile the message is being sent, the phone mak es a few more a ttem pts to send it. If this fails, the me ssage rema ins in the Outbox fo lder , an d yo u can try t o sen d it l ater . Sent mess ages are saved in th e Sen t items folder i f the set ting Save sent me ssages is set t o Ye s . (See Ã¢ÂÂ Multime dia messagesÃ¢ÂÂ on pag e 37.) This is not, however , a confirma tion that t he me ssage has been rec eived at the inten ded destinat ion. Read and reply When y our phone is receiving a m ultimedia me ssage, the a nimated icon is displa yed. Whe n the mess age h as bee n receiv ed, the ic on and th e tex t Mu ltim edia me ssa ge rec eived are shown. The blin king icon indicates th at the memo ry for mult imedia me ssages is fu ll. See Ã¢ÂÂMu ltimedia message s memory fullÃ¢ÂÂ on page 33. 1 Select Show to vi ew the m essage, or sel ect Exi t to vie w it late r . 2 T o rea d the mess age lat er , selec t Menu > Mess age s > Multim edia msgs. > In box . The fun ction of the middle selection key changes according to th e displayed object.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 33 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Messages 3 Choose from th e following: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To reply to the mes sage, sele ct Rep ly . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To delete an object c ontained in the message, select Delet e . Othe rwise, se lect Opti ons > Del ete mes sage . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To liste n to a s ound clip or view a video clip containe d in th e message, sele ct Play . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To zoom in o n an a tta ched im age, s elect Zoom . If you sel ect Opt ions , some of the followin g options are available: Del ete message Ã¢ÂÂ delet es a s aved mes sage . Reply or Reply to all Ã¢ÂÂlets y ou re ply to th e mess age. Use de tail Ã¢ÂÂextr acts p hone nu mbers , e-m ail ad dresse s, or Web addr esses from the messa ge. Forward to no. , Forward to e-mail or Send t o m any Ã¢ÂÂforward s the message. Edit Ã¢ÂÂedits a m essage th at you have w ritten. Mess age deta ils Ã¢ÂÂdisplays the subject, size, and clas s of t he m essage. Det ails Ã¢ÂÂdisplays the details of th e attached image or sound. Play pres entat ion Ã¢ÂÂ display s the pre sentation attach ed in t he me ssage. Sav e imag e , Save soun d clip or Save vid eo cl ip Ã¢ÂÂ saves the fi le in th e G aller y . Inbox, Outbox, S aved and Sent items folders The phon e saves multimed ia messag es that have been rec eived in t he In box folder o f the Mult imed ia msg s. su bmenu. Multim edia messages th at are waiting to be s ent are store d in the Outbox fold er of the Mult imed ia msg s. su bmenu. Multim edia me ssages th at you wi sh to s ave and s end late r can be saved in the Sa ved item s fold er of the M ult imed ia msgs . submenu. Multim edia me ssages th at hav e bee n sent ar e saved in the Sen t ite ms folder of the Mult imed ia msg s. su bme nu, if t he sett in g Save sent messag es is s et to Ye s . (For more information se e Ã¢ÂÂMultimedi a messages Ã¢ÂÂ on page 37 .) MULTI MEDIA MESSAG ES MEMORY FULL When you have a n ew multime dia m essage wa iting and th e mem ory for the message s is full, th e icon blinks a nd Mu ltim edia m emo ry f ull, vie w wait ing m sg. i s s h o w n . T o v i e w the waiting messa ge, select Show . T o save the message, se lect Sav e , a n d delete old messages by selecting th e folder and th e message to be deleted. T o discard t he wa iting m essage, sel ect Exit > Y es . If you sel ect No , you can view th e message.
34 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ DELETE MESSAGES T o dele te text mess ages, sel ect Menu > Messages > T ext mes sages > D elete m essages and one of the following options: All me ssag es Ã¢ÂÂto d elete all me ssages from all folders. If there are un read mess ages, the phone prom pts you to confirm you want to delete thes e also. Inbox Ã¢ÂÂto de lete a ll message s in the Inbox. Sen t items Ã¢ÂÂ to delete all messa ges in th e Sent folde r . Arc hive Ã¢ÂÂto de lete all m essages in the Archive folder . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ E-MAIL MESSAGES The e-mail features allo w you to access y our e- mail accoun t using your ph one. Th e compat ible e-mai l applica tion that yo u use in the offi ce or at ho me must use POP3 and IM AP4 e-mail servers. Note: Whe n sending e -mail, your phone ma y display the words M essage sent . This is an indication that the e-mail has bee n sent by your phon e to th e e-mail server . This is n ot an indicati on that the e- mail has been recei ved at the inten ded destinat ion. For mor e details about e-mail se rvices, ch eck with y our servic e provider . Before you ca n se nd a nd retrie ve e-m ail, you may need t o do th e following : Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Obtain a compatible e-mail a ccoun t. For details on comp atibility , contact a n e-ma il service provider . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ For the settin gs requ ired for e-ma il, contact y our servic e provider . For receivin g the e-mail settings over th e air , see Ã¢ÂÂOve r-the-air settings serviceÃ¢ÂÂ o n page 19. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To set the e-mail settings on your p h one, select Me nu > M essa ges > Mess age s etti ngs > E- mail messa ges . See Ã¢ÂÂ E-mail sett ingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 38. Write and send e-mail Y ou can write yo ur e-mail me ssage before conne cting to th e e-mail se rvice ; or conne ct to th e servic e fir st, and write an d send your e- mail . 1 Select Men u > Messag es > E-mail > Create e -mail . 2 K ey i n the rec ipien tÃ¢ÂÂ s e- mail add ress. (T o searc h for th e e-mai l addr ess in co ntac ts, sel ect Edit > Option s > Fin d an d the conta ct from th e list. Select OK to retu rn to the header de tails.) 3 Move to the S ubject fie ld, en ter a su bjec t lin e, and se lect OK . 4 Select Op tions > Message editor , a nd key in your me ssage . 5 T o save the mess age in th e Draf ts fol der , selec t Optio ns > Save dr aft msg .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 35 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Messages 6 T o se nd th e me ssage , se lec t Se nd and one of the f ollowing options : Sen d no w Ã¢ÂÂ sen ds the e- mail im mediately . If yo u are not conne cted to the e- mail accou nt, yo ur phone establis hes the conne ction and s ends the e-ma il. Sen d lat er Ã¢ÂÂsav es your e -mail in th e Out box folde r to se nd later . Wh en you ar e read y to send the e- mail, select M enu > M essa ges > E -mai l > O ther optio ns > Send now or Retrieve and send . Other options in the options list allow you to edit the e -mail or su bject, add a copy recipient or a hidden c opy recipient, exit th e editor , or use the dic tionary . Note: When sendin g e- mail s, your phone may disp lay t he wo rds Mess age sent . This is an i ndication that the e- mail has been sent by your phone to t he e-mail serv er . This is no t an indic at ion th at the e-mai l has be en rec eiv ed at th e inten ded destin ati on. F or more detai ls about e- mail services, check with your ser vice provid er . Download e-mail If message memory is full, delete some of your older messages before you start to download new me ssages . 1 Do one of the following: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To download n ew messages, select Menu > Messag es > E -mail > Retr ieve . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o send messa ges that are i n your O utbox folder at the same time you download ne w mess ag es, se lect Me nu > Message s > E- mai l > Ot her o ption s > R etri eve and send . 2 Select any mess ages you w ant to vi ew in the Inbo x , or press Back to view it la ter . Unread text mess ages are indicat ed by . Read and reply 1 Select Menu > Mes sages > E-mai l > Inbox . 2 Display the desired mess age, and sel ect Option s . 3 Select Re ply t o r e p l y t o a n e - m a i l . S e l e c t Origin al tex t to include the origina l message in the reply , or sel ect Empty scr een . Whe n repl yin g to an e- mail, firs t confi rm o r edi t th e e- mail addre ss an d subj ect ; th en writ e your repl y . 4 Select Opti ons > Se nd e-ma il > Sen d now to sen d the m essage . E-mail menu folders Y our phone has the follow ing folders in th e E-mail m enu: Inbox Ã¢ÂÂf or saving e-ma il message s that you down load from your e-m ail acco unt. Y our phone also has the following folders in the E-ma il > Ot her fold ers menu : Dra fts Ã¢ÂÂfor savi ng unfin ished e-m ail message s. Arc hive Ã¢ÂÂfor organizing and savin g your e-mail messages.
36 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Outbox Ã¢ÂÂfor saving unse nt e-m ail me ssage s when y ou ha ve sele cted Send later (s ee Ã¢ÂÂW ri te and send e-mail Ã¢ÂÂ on page 3 4). Sen t items Ã¢ÂÂ for saving sent e-m ail messages. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ VOI CE ME SSAGES The voice ma ilbox is a network serv ice. For more informatio n, contact y our service provider . Select Me nu > M essages > V oice m essages and one of the following options: Note: Y ou can al so press and h old 1 to call your mailbox . This shortcut is av ailable with t he keyboard open or closed. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ List en to vo ice messag es to call your v oice ma ilbox at t he phone nu mber tha t you have sav ed in th e V oice mailb ox nu mbe r m enu. If y ou have two phone lines available through you r network service, each phone line may have its own voice mailbox number . For more information, see Ã¢ÂÂ Call se ttingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 66. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ V oice ma ilbox nu mber t o key in, se arch for or ed it your voice mai lbox num ber , a nd sel ect OK to save it . If supported by the n etwork, the icon indic ates there are new v oice messages. Select List en to c all your voic e mailbox numbe r . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ INFO MESSAGES Info mess ages is a network serv ice that prov ides informati onal messages from you r se rvice provider on various topics. For availability , to pics and t he relevant topic numbe rs, contact your service provider . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ MESSAGE SETTINGS The message settings affec t the sendin g, receiving, and v iewing of me ssages. SMS messages 1 Select Menu > Message s > Mess age set tings > T ext messages > Sendin g profile . 2 If more than one m ess age profi le set is supp orted by your SIM card, s ele ct the set that yo u wa nt t o ch ang e. Me ssage c enter numb er Ã¢ÂÂto save the phon e number of the message cent er that is required for sending text messages. Y ou will receive this number from your service provider . Messag es sent via Ã¢ÂÂto se le ct the m ess age type : Te x t , E-m ail , Pa g e or Fa x . Mess age v alidit y Ã¢ÂÂ to select th e length of tim e for which the network shou ld attemp t to deliver your m essage. Defau lt re cipien t numbe r (for message type Tex t ) Ã¢ÂÂto save a default nu mber for sending me ssages for th is messa ge profile.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 37 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Messages E-m ail se rver ( for message type E-ma il ) Ã¢ÂÂto sav e the e-m ail s erv er num ber . Deli ver y repo rts Ã¢ÂÂto ask the network to send delivery reports about your messages (network servic e). Use GP RS > Ye s Ã¢ÂÂto set GPRS as the preferred SMS bearer . Also set th e GPRS connec tion settin g to Al ways o nlin e . (See Ã¢ÂÂEGPRSÃ¢ÂÂ on page 64.) Rep ly via same cent er Ã¢ÂÂto allow the message recipient to send you a reply by wa y of yo ur mes sage cen ter (n etwo rk ser vice) . Renam e sen ding profile Ã¢ÂÂto ch ange the nam e of the selected message profile. The message profile sets are only displayed if y our SIM card support s more than one set. Overwrite settings When th e te xt mes sage m emor y is fu ll, the ph one ca nno t receiv e or se nd any ne w m essage s. However , you can set the phone to autom atically replac e old text me ssages in the I nbox and Sent ite ms f older s wi th new on es. Select Menu > Messag es > Message s ettin gs > T ext me ssages > Overwrit ing in inbox > Allow ed or Over wr iting in s ent items > Allow ed . Multimedia messages Y ou may receive the m ultimedia c onnec tion settings as an over-the -air mes sage from the service provider . T o re ceive the settings over the air , see Ã¢ÂÂ Over-th e-air s ettings s erviceÃ¢ÂÂ on page 19. To key in th e se ttings m anually , select Me nu > Message s > M ess age se ttin gs > Mult imed ia msg s ., and set up t he following it ems: Sav e s ent me ssa ges > Ye s Ã¢ÂÂto set the ph one to save sen t multimedia mess ages in the Sen t items folde r . If you s elect No , th e sent mess ages are not saved. Deli ver y repo rts Ã¢ÂÂs elect ing On asks the net work to send delivery reports about your mes sages (networ k serv ice). Scale image down Ã¢ÂÂto def ine the im age siz e whe n you in ser t the i mage i n the multime dia mes sage. Defau lt sl ide ti min g Ã¢ÂÂt o set the timing for slides in m ultimedi a me ssages. Allow mult imed ia rec epti on > No, Yes, or I n ho me net work Ã¢ÂÂto use the mu ltim edia ser vic e. I f you sel ect In ho me net work , you cannot receive multime dia message s outside yo ur h ome net wor k. Inco ming mu ltim edia mess ages > Retriev e Ã¢ÂÂto se t the phone to a utomatic ally fetch newl y received multime dia messages. Select Rej ec t if you do not w ish to receive m ultimedia messages. Con ne cti on se ttin gs Ã¢ÂÂ to define con nection settin gs for retriev ing multim edia me ssages. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Fi rst, se lect Act ive m ultim edia s ett ings , and acti vate the set in whic h you w ant to save the setti ngs. Ã¢ÂÂ¢N e x t , s e l e c t Ed it ac tive mult ime dia se ttin gs , and edit the acti ve settings.
38 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Select each of the settings one by one , and key in all the required settings. Cont act your service provider for t he settings. Allow adv ert isem ent s Ã¢ÂÂto receive or reject a dvertisem ents. Th e settin g is not shown if Allow mult imed ia rec epti on is set to No . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ E-MAIL SETTINGS Y ou may rec eiv e the e-m ail co nnecti on set tin gs as an O TA messag e from th e servi ce provid er . For receivin g the settings over th e air , see Ã¢ÂÂ Over-the- air settings serv iceÃ¢ÂÂ on page 19. For key ing in th e se ttings m anually , select Menu > Message s > Mes sage se tting s > E-mai l me ssages > Acti ve e-m ail se ttin gs . Y ou must first activ ate a mailbox. Sele ct Mailbo x in use , a nd a ctivate the mailbox for which you wa nt to save th e settings. Selec t Activate > Ed it act ive e-mai l sett ings , an d edit the s ettings. Select each of the settings one by one, and key in all that are required. Contact y our e-mail service provider for t he settings. Ma ilbox na me Ã¢ÂÂkey in the name th at you wan t to use for the m ailbox. E-m ail add res s Ã¢ÂÂkey in your e-mai l ad dress . My n ame Ã¢ÂÂke y in you r name or n ick name if y ou want the re cipient t o see it. Outgoing (SMTP) server Ã¢ÂÂkey in the address of the e- mail server . Inco ming s erv er type > POP3 or IMAP4 Ã¢ÂÂ if both type s are supported, select IMAP 4 . Changing the server type also changes t he incoming port number . Inco ming (PO P3 /IMA P4) se rver Ã¢ÂÂ key in the e-mail se rver addres s for incomin g e-ma il (ei the r POP 3 or IMAP 4 ). PO P3/I MAP4 user n ame Ã¢ÂÂkey in the us er name to a ccess t he mailbox . If y ou hav e not defined your SMTP user n ame , the e- mail s erver u ses th is user name i nste ad. PO P3/I MA P4 pas swo rd Ã¢ÂÂkey in the password to acce ss the mailbox. If you have not defined you r SMTP p assword , th e e- ma il s erver use s POP3 /I MAP4 p ass word instead. Other se ttings Ã¢ÂÂconta ins additiona l se ttings. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ FONT SIZE SETTING To select the font size fo r readin g and writin g message s, select Menu > M essages > Messag e se ttin gs > O ther s ettin gs > Font s ize . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SERV ICE COMMAND S Select Me nu > M essages > Ser vice co mmand s . Key in a nd send se rvice reque sts (als o known as USSD commands), such as activation comm ands for netw ork services, to your service provider .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 39 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Instant messaging 9 Instant messaging Enjoy text mess aging by e xperiencin g instant messaging (IM) in a wireless e nvironment . Engage in instant m essagin g with others, as long as y ou all us e the sam e IM s ervice. Check with your wireless se rvice provider for availabilit y . Before you can start using IM on you r phone, you mu st first subscribe to your w ireless service prov iderÃ¢ÂÂs tex t messaging s ervice. Y ou must register w ith the I M service yo u wan t to use. See Ã¢ÂÂReg ister with an IM servic eÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4 0 for more inform ation. Not e: Depending on both your IM se rvice provider and y our wireless service provider , y ou may not have access to all of th e features described in this guide. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ IM SERVICE PROVIDER ICONS Sin ce eac h IM serv ic e has i ts own di splay text and icons asso ciated with it, the dis play text and icons on your phone may appear differently for ea ch IM s ervice prov ider . If you ha ve any que stions about the differences in the vari ous IM servi ce provide rsÃ¢ÂÂ display text an d icons, co ntact your wirele ss service provider f o r more inform ation. Th e following lis ts examples of IM icons and their description s: Icon Indi cates... Available for all Invisible (appear offline) Blocked contact Un read message/n ew messa ge Read mess age Group invitation Read group me ssage Unread group me ssage Online cont act Offline c ontact
40 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ R EGISTER WITH AN IM SERVICE Before you ca n begin to use IM, you must re gister with a n IM service to obta in a user nam e and password. Y ou can obt a i n a user name an d password by registering over the Inte r net (usin g you r com pute r) with th e IM serv ice pro vider y ou h ave selecte d to use. During th e registration proce ss, you w ill have the opportunity to create the user name and password of your choice. For m ore inform ation a bou t signing u p for IM services, con tact you r wireless service provider . Ã¢ÂÂ¢I M M E N U S Offline Before you log into I M, the phon e displays a list of available IM services. Select an I M service. Afte r selec ting a servic e, access the offlin e IM menu that follows: Login Saved convers. Conne ct. settings Online Afte r you log into IM , the IM m enu a ppears a s follow s: Active chats Contac ts Groups My se ttings Searc h ID s Saved convers. Blocke d list Conne ct. settings Logout Ã¢ÂÂ¢L O G I N The firs t time you use I M, you need t o e nter your user na me. Every t ime you log in, you m ust se lect the IM provide r you w ant to u se, and y ou will receiv e screen prom pts for your us er name and pa ssword. Y ou d o not have to manual ly enter y our user name after the first login; h oweve r , yo u m ay n ee d t o manu al ly en te r y ou r pa sswo rd ever y tim e y ou lo g in ( dep end ing u pon t he IM serv ice you s elect ed) . 1 From the menu s, se lect IM . 2 Select the IM se rvice you wan t to lo g into.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 4 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Instant messaging 3 At the prompt, enter your use r name if it is not already displayed, and select OK . 4 At the prompt, e nter your password, and select OK . After you have logged into IM the first tim e, you c an choose whethe r to keep logging in manu ally or log in automatic ally . See Ã¢ÂÂAut om atic loginÃ¢ÂÂ on pa g e 45 for information on setting up automat ic login . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ IM CONVERSATIONS Y ou ca n send instan t mes sages to anyone who use s t he s am e IM se rvice as you do and if you ha ve th at personÃ¢ÂÂs user name. Y o u can also add th at person to y our IM con tact list during an IM conv ersation. Se e Ã¢ÂÂ IM contactsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 42 for more in formation. More than one IM conversation can be active at t he same time . Conversation view The con versatio n view of y our IM conversation shows y our in itial message followe d by the reply . As the conversation progres ses, the mo st recent mes sage appears at t he bottom of the screen, caus ing t he last message to m ove up one level. The conversation is still active, even if yo u leave the c onvers ation v iew . You can re turn to it whe n you w ant. 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct Conversati ons . 2 Select the IM con versa tion yo u w ant, a nd sel ect Open . Write and send to contact 1 From the IM online m enu, select Contacts and the con tact t o whom y ou want to sen d a message. 2 Select Chat > Write , en ter a me ss age, and se le ct Send . Receive and reply IN CO NVERSA TION VIEW When you re ceive an inst ant message from the person with whom you are alre ady chatting, the senderÃ¢ÂÂs reply appears below your most recent message. Select Write , ent er a message, an d select Send . When you receiv e an instant message from som eone with wh om you are n ot currently chatting, the ph one beeps, and the new m essa ge ic on ( ) appears. T o view t he mess age, s elect Back , scrol l to the ne w message, an d select Op e n . To r e p ly , s el e ct Writ e , en ter a messa ge, and sele ct Send . IN THE ST ANDB Y MODE When y ou receive an instant message, y our phone b eeps, an d New inst ant messag e appear s. T o view t he mess age, s elect Read . To r e p ly , s el e ct Writ e , en ter a messa ge, and sele ct Send .
42 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Chat history Y ou c an sa ve you r con versatio ns, a nd view , re nam e, and de lete your saved conv ersa tions. SA VE 1 Fr om the co nver sati on vi ew , sel ect Opti ons > Ch at histo ry > Sav e . 2 Enter a name of 1Ã¢ÂÂ20 characters for the history , and select OK . VIEW Fr om eith er the IM o nlin e or offl ine m enu, sel ect Saved con ver s. and the c onvers ation you wan t to view . REN AM E 1 From eith er t he I M o nlin e or off lin e m enu, se lect Saved conv ers. , th e c onvers ation yo u wan t to renam e, and Opti ons > Rename . 2 Select Clear as man y times as nece ssary to de lete the con versation nam e; then e nter the ne w con versation na me of 1Ã¢ÂÂ20 c haracters. 3 Select OK . DEL ETE From ei ther the I M onlin e or offline m enu, sele ct Saved co nvers. , the c onvers ation y ou wa nt to delete, and De lete > OK . End a conversation IN CO NVERSA TION VIEW Select Back , th e conv ers at ion y ou wa nt t o end , and Options > Quit c onve rs . OUTSID E CONVERSA TION VIEW From the IM online menu, selec t Conv ersati ons , the I M conv ersa tio n you wan t to end, an d Opti ons > Quit co nvers . Ã¢ÂÂ¢I M C O N T A C T S Add the names of you r friends and fami ly (with whom you wan t to interact freque ntly through I M) t o the IM cont act list. Contacts can be adde d by ente ring the cont a c tÃ¢ÂÂ s user ID, by se arching the server , b y adding a contact from th e phonebook, or by copying a contact fro m a server-based contact list. Add a contact manually 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct C ontac ts > Op tions > Add new cont ac t > Ma nually en te r ID . 2 At the prompt, e nter th e contac tÃ¢ÂÂ s us er ID, a nd sele ct OK . Th e user I D is s et by t he us erÃ¢ÂÂ s IM s ervi ce prov id er , and is 1Ã¢ÂÂ5 0 cha racte rs l ong.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 43 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Instant messaging 3 At the prompt, enter a scre en name of 1Ã¢ÂÂ20 c haracters for th e contact, an d select OK . This is th e na me that will a ppear in th e IM con tact list. Add a contac t while chatting 1 Duri ng a co nve rsat io n, se lect Optio ns > Save to contact s . The Us er ID scr een appe ar s wit h th e cont ac tÃ¢ÂÂ s user name . 2 Select OK . 3 At the prompt, enter a scre en name of 1Ã¢ÂÂ20 c haracters for th e contact, an d select OK . This is th e na me that will a ppear in th e IM con tact list. Re mov e From the IM online m enu, sele ct Con ta ct s , th e con tac t yo u wa nt to rem ove, and O ption s > Remove f rom contacts > OK . Block 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct Contacts a nd the contact from w hom you want to block messages. 2 Select Opti ons > Blo ck contact > OK . This can also be done during a conversation with a contact. Unblock 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct Contacts a nd the contact from w hom you want to unblo ck messag es. 2 Select Unblock > OK . OR 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct Bloc ked list . 2 Scroll to th e co ntact, and select Unblock > OK . 3 To unblock other c ontacts, repeat step 2. View blocked list From the IM online m enu, sele ct Bloc ked list . Alert Y ou can s et an a lert for a c ontact to notify you when the c ontactÃ¢ÂÂs availability cha nges. 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct Contacts > Presenc e alerts . The list of contact s appears, with a box to the left of each name. Contacts that are set to n otify yo u have a ch eck m ark in the bo x. 2 Scroll to th e co ntacts whom y ou wa nt to no tify you, and se lect Mark . 3 If nece ssary , scro ll to con tacts w hom yo u do not w ant to notify you, a nd selec t Unma rk . 4 When you ar e fin ished , se lec t Done .
44 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ GROUP CHAT SESSIONS If the server you are logged in t o does not suppo rt group services, all group functions are dimmed. Examples are onli ne menu item groups an d search groups. In group chat, you can exchange IMs with more than one person at a t ime. When you send a message to a c hat group, all members of th e group rece ive your message. Y our IM service provider may have created pu blic chat groups that are open to all IM users. In addition, yo u can create private ch at groups that are ope n to th e contacts that you select from your cont act list. A privat e chat group only ex ists as long as the ch at session is activ e. Y ou may also be inv ited to join a c hat group created by someone else. Y ou can acce pt or reject the in vitation . Join public chat group 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct Gr oups > Public group s . 2 Scroll to th e group th at you want to join, and select Join . 3 At the Scr een name prompt , edit your screen n ame if desired, and se lect OK . If your scr een na me is alread y in use in the grou p, th e Screen name prom pt is display ed again. Enter a differe nt screen name, and sel ect OK . Remove a public group from your list 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct Gr oups > Public group s . 2 Scroll to the group that you want to delete, and select Option s > Remov e from li st > OK . Create private chat group 1 From the I M online me nu, select Grou ps > Crea te pri vate gr oup , enter a group name of 1Ã¢ÂÂ20 charact ers, and select OK . Y our screen nam e appea rs. 2 Edit your screen name if desired, and select OK . The list of contacts appears, with a box to the left of e ach name. 3 Scroll to th e contacts whom you w ant to in clude in the group, and select Ma rk . To remove a mark ed cont act from the group, scroll to t he con tact, and select Unmark . 4 When you ar e fin ished , se lec t Done . 5 At the In vitatio n p rompt, write an in vitation to t he chat group (up to 50 ch aracters), and sele ct OK . The inv itation is sent to th e members o f the ch at grou p. Receive chat group invitations When you rec eive an invita tion to a group chat, Ne w i nvit ation rece ive d appears. Se lect Read ; then do one of the followin g: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To accept the invitation, selec t Accept > OK .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 45 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Instant messaging Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To reject the in vitation , select Op ti ons > R ej ect , enter a reason (up t o 50 charac ters) if desired, and select OK . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To delete the invitation with out replyin g, select Opti ons > Del et e > O K . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ IM SETT INGS Y ou can cu stomize your IM settin gs, depending u pon the IM se rvice you h ave selected. Select My setti ngs from the IM online men u and the following options appe ar: IM availability Ã¢ÂÂDeterm ine if oth er users can te ll whe ther you a re availa ble. Alia s Ã¢ÂÂCha nge y our alias (somet imes ca lled a s creen na me or ni ckname ). Aut o log in Ã¢ÂÂSet you r lo gin t o the au toma tic state. Set your availability Y ou can de termine if ot her us ers can te ll whethe r you are available or not . From the IM online menu, select My settings > IM availability and one of the follow ing options: Available for all Ã¢ÂÂAll othe r users se e your status as on line, an d you rece ive availa bility information and messages from all other users. Avail. for contacts Ã¢ÂÂEve n thoug h jus t the cont acts in your IM con tact list se e you r st atus as online , you rec eive availa bility informat ion and messages from all oth er users. Invis ible Ã¢ÂÂEven though a ll othe r users se e your sta tus as offlin e, yo u receive availabilit y information and messages from all other users. Alias Y ou ca n enter an alias (al so calle d a scre en name or nickname) that is 1Ã¢ÂÂ20 charac t e rs in le ngt h. This is us ed as y our de fau lt s cr een name when joini ng group conversation s and when you sen d mess ag es. 1 From the IM online m enu, sele ct My set ting s > Alias . 2 Enter your alias , and select OK . Automatic login Y ou can use auto matic login after you have logged in at leas t on ce with your user na me and password. From the IM online m enu, sele ct My se ttin gs > Au to log in > O n lau nch or Off . The ne xt time you se lect IM from the me nu, the login ste ps will be a utomatica lly performed. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ LOG OFF SERV ICE From the IM online m enu, sele ct Logou t > OK .
46 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 1 0 BlackBerry connectivity BlackBer ry co nnect ivity al lows y ou to a ccess y our compat ibl e corpor ate e-ma il or other c ompati ble e-m ail accoun ts, th roug h a BlackBerry Enterprise Se rver or Black Berry Web C li en t . Y our pho ne m enu co nta ins B lac kBe rry co nn ecti vi ty fe atur es. Us ing th e co nne ctiv ity fe atu res r equ ires har dwar e an d soft wa re su ppor t pro vi ded b y ot her ve ndor s. C heck wit h you r wireless service provider and your e-mail provider about availa bility of Bla ckBerry con nectivity . E- mail is sent w irelessly to your phone with BlackB erry c onnecti vity over GPRS, a llowing you to s end, receive, forw ard, and reply t o e-mail m essages. To use Blac kBerry c onnectiv ity , determin e wh ether y our e-m ail is ava ilable throu gh a BlackBe rry Enterprise Se rver or a B lackBerry Web Client. Y ou can only setup one access type at a time. Addi tional setu p procedu res are av aila ble on t he Nokia 6820i Getting Started CD or from y our e-ma il prov ider . Y ou m ust hav e a GPR S (network serv ice) conn ection t o use this fe ature. Onc e Bl ackBerry con nectivit y is e stablish ed, is displa yed on you r de vice. Wh en a con nectiv ity iss ue e xists, is disp layed. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ BLACKB ERRY ENTERPRISE SERVER To access your Lotus N otes e -mail, us e Bl ackBerry E nterprise Server v . 2.1 or high er . To ac cess Microsoft Exch a n ge e-mail, use BlackBerry Enterprise Serve r v . 3.5 or higher . To set up Black Berry conn ectivit y to the B lackBerry Enterprise Se rver , see Ã¢ÂÂ Set u p connectivity Ã¢ÂÂ on page 4 6 and Ã¢ÂÂSet personal pre ferencesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 47. Set up connectivity To set up B lackBe rry conn ectivit y , you mu st ha ve a c ompu ter tha t meets the following require ments: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Interne t conn ect ivity and b rows er Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Windows 98, ME , 2000, and XP ope rating systems Ã¢ÂÂ¢ USB port if the Nokia DK U-5 C onnec tivity Ada pter Ca ble is to be use d Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Infrared (IrDA) if IR conn ectivity is to be u sed To set up co nnecti vity , perform the followin g steps: 1 Insert th e CD- ROM prov ided with your Noki a messa ging dev ice into a compat ible PC. 2 Install the required software . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Install Nok ia PC Sui te by following the In stallat ion wizard in structions. Note that if you have an olde r version of Nokia PC Suit e on the P C, you have to uninst all it first. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Set up Connection Manager in Nokia PC Suit e, selecting IR or data cable .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 47 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia BlackBerry c onnectivity Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Install t he BlackBerry Configuration tool by following th e Installation wizard ins tructions. 3 To star t the BlackBerry Confi guration tool, dou ble -click the BBConfig.exe ic on on yo ur computer . The i con is located in the folder where you installed the BlackBerry software. The PC must hav e a connect ion to yo ur corp orate Local Area Netwo rk (LAN) or e-mail. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Con nec t yo ur ph one t o t he c om pat ible PC u sin g an IR c on ne ctio n o r a DK U- 5 ca ble . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Click Connect... on t he PC in the BlackBerry Configuration too l to establish connectivi ty between your phone and the BlackBerry Configuration tool. The BlackBerry Confi guration tool auto matically associates the PIN (your identificat ion for BlackB erry connectiv ity) with y our e-m ail address. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Crea te an e ncryp tion ke y b y rand omly mo ving y our m ouse. Once the k ey is cre ated, it is autom atically transferre d to your phone ( when powered on), Ã¢ÂÂBlackBerry s ettin gs receivedÃ¢ÂÂ is displayed on your phone, and e-ma ils can be rece ived. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Create e -mail filters if neede d. For mo re information s ee Ã¢ÂÂSe t personal preferencesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 47. The Bl ackBerry connec tivity s hould a ctivate automatic ally , after s ucces sfully reading the de fault mail profile on your PC. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ If the name of the corporate e-mail server can not be fou nd automatic a ll y by the softw are, you will be prompt ed to e nter it m anually using the Control P ane l features in your Win dows software. Contac t your c orporate IT departme nt for assi stance, i f needed . Set personal pre ferences Using your comput er , you can c onfigu re Blac kBerry conne ctivity to fit y our p ersonal preferences. Y ou can define a signature for outgoing e -mails, apply me ssage filters that determine whic h messages are forwarded to your phone, create security keys, define e-mail profile setting s, and define how e-mails are stored. 1 To ope n the BlackBerry Configuration window , double-cli ck the B BConfig.exe icon on your PC . The icon is locate d in the folder whe re you installed the BlackB erry softw are. 2 Configure the BlackBe rry conne ctivity settings . On each t ab , if you modify the default set tin gs, cl ick A pply to activ ate the ch anges. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ On th e Gen eral tab , de fine the signature for outgoing e-mails. If you do n ot want a signat ure, mak e sure that th e Auto maticall y incl ude your si gnature on outg oing mes sage s area is empty . To receiv e e- mails to y our pho ne, sele ct the c heck b ox ne xt to Re dire ct in com ing messag es to y our hand set.
48 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ On the Fi lters tab , you can cr eate and activat e message filters. A message filter determines whic h messages are forwarded to your phone. To create a new filter , click th e N ew ... but ton. In the openin g window , define the filter prope rties, and click OK . If yo u have s ever al fil ters, they ar e used i n the ord er tha t they are list ed. T o move the filte r in the list, sele ct the filter by click ing the c heck box next t o it, and m ove it up and dow n wit h the arrow bu ttons on the righ t side of th e filter list. Below th e filt er list, select the appropr iate option to def ine whethe r or n ot the messa ge is forwa rded , if none of th e fil ters apply (or if no fi lter s h ave be en define d) . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ On the Sec uri ty tab , you c an ma nually g enera te se curity k eys. B y default, the ke ys are g enerate d automa tically . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ On the Advanced tab , you can define the e-ma il profile settings , and t he e-ma il address and folders from which the messages are forw arded to your ph one. In addition, you can define whethe r the messa ges s ent from y our phone are saved on you r corpor ate m ail se rver . 3 When the co nfiguration is com plete, cl ick Exit . If you want to change the phone to which the e-ma il messag es are forw arded, connect the new phone, then click Connect... . Remote address lookup If you are using BlackBerry En terprise Server and your e- mail account supports the remote address lookup service (RAL), you can a c cess Exchange and Domino se rvers to retrieve corporate e-mail addresse s. Y ou can send e-mail messages to the found addresses , or save all the de tails a s a con tact ent ry to the pho nebo ok. 1 When you are w riting an e -mail a nd entering e-mail a ddresses in the To field, se lect Option s > Addre ss looku p . Y ou can access RAL from the To , Cc , and Bcc fields. You can also a ccess RAL b y selecting Menu > Messages > BlackBerry > Address l ookup . The phone displays the results of th e previ ous loo kup . The resu lts ar e clear ed whe n the ph one is pow ered of f. 2 To perform a new lookup, s elect Lo ok u p or Options > New looku p . 3 Enter the s earch c riteria for the lookup. The phon e performs the lookup and lists the found matches. 4 Select the n ame you want, and press Add . If you c annot see the nam e you w ant, selec t Options > Next results to see the ne xt set o f res ul ts. To s ave th e details of the found e-m ail address to the phonebook wh en you are looking at the foun d matche s, selec t O p tions > S ave co ntact info .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 49 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia BlackBerry c onnectivity Ã¢ÂÂ¢ BLAC KBERR Y W EB CLIENT Conta ct your netwo rk operat or f or info rmation on the av ailability and su bscription to the se rvice and to ch eck th e co mp at ibilit y of your e-ma il ac co unt . Set up connectivity To set up the connec tivity to Bla ckBerry Web Clie nt, you need th e IMEI number of t he phone and the BlackBerry P ersonal Id entification Num ber (PIN). To find those num bers in your phon e: 1 Select Menu > Messag es > Mess age set tings > Bl ackBerry > Mailbo x setti ngs . 2 Select I MEI num ber or Pag e r n u m b e r . Y ou will n eed to provide these numbers to your servic e provider . For providers with online setup, u se the followin g steps: 1 Using a compatible computer , log on to your network operator or se rvice provider BlackBerry W eb Clie nt Web page 2 In the appropriate place on the Web pa ge, en ter the IMEI numb er of the phone and the BlackBe rry P ersonal Iden tification Num ber (PI N). Enable the dev ice After subscribing to Black berry and GPRS serv ice s through you r serv ice provid er , y ou can perform th e following steps: To turn on the connection when there are no settings currently in your ph one: 1 Select Menu > Messages > Mess age setti ngs > BlackBer ry > Con nect for web se tup . 2 Select On to allow t he conn ection to rece ive the s ettings. To turn on the connection when th ere are settings programmed in to your phone: 1 Select Menu > Messag es > Mess age set tings > Bl ackBerry > Acti vate mai lbox . 2 Select Ye s to a ctivate the mailbox . To stop receiving e-ma ils, set th e mailbox to No . If the phone is roaming: 1 Select Menu > Messag es > Mess age set tings > Bl ackBerry > Disabl e mailb ox when abroad . 2 Select No to enable the m ailbox wh en roaming . If you s tart expe riencin g difficulty wit h e-mail m e ssaging, do the follow ing to reque st registration: 1 Select Menu > Messag es > Message settings > BlackBerry . 2 Select Regi ster now . When your registr ation request has been a ccepted, yo u w ill receive a confi rming messag e.
50 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ E-MAIL TOPICS Security tips If you r eceive conf ident ial i nform atio n th rough your e-mail , y ou may want to ta ke se curity precaut ions. When e-mails are f orwarded to your pho ne, they ar e stored i n the p hone's memory . To li mit a ccess to the e-mails, take the following steps: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K eep the PIN code activa ted. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Keep Sec urity ke ygu ard activ ated (s ee Ã¢ÂÂ The se curity keygua rd Ã¢ÂÂ on page 9 9). Ã¢ÂÂ¢ For maximu m saf ety , del ete ea ch e-m ail mes sage a fter readi ng it. Note that d ele ting th e e-mai l from t he phone d oes not delete it from the e-mai l server . If your phone is stolen or lost, contact your network ope rator if using th e BlackBerry Enterprise Server , or y our IT departme nt if using t he BlackBerry Web Client. Y our network operator can disable BlackBerry conn ectivity for your p hone and stop e-mail forwarding. Y our IT departme nt may be able to remot ely delete all e-mails from phone memory and disable it from BlackB erry conne ctivity if th e phone is switc hed on and w ithin the G PRS cov erage a rea. E-mail m essages are resident on your phone. If the phone SIM card is removed and replaced with a new SIM card, e-mail mess ages may be readable using the new SIM card. Mailbox settings Y ou can d efine the s ett ings f or mes sag es us ing th e BlackBerry Enterpris e Server or BlackB erry Web Client with the follow ing steps : Select Me nu > Me ssages > Message setting s > BlackBer ry > Mai lbox se ttings and select o ne of the followin g: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Messag e alert tone . Se lec t Off to turn the new mes sage alert off or Default to s et the phone to sound an ale rt according to the tone settings i n the cu rrently selected profile (for exa mple, if the s ilent m ode is selec ted, no ale rt is giv en). Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Save s ent messag es . S ele ct Ye s to store all the sent BlackBe rry mess ages in t he Sen t ite ms folder on you r phone. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Disa ble mailbox when roaming . Sel ect Ye s to disable the Black Berry e-ma il mailbo x while you are outs ide your home network. To stop receiving e-mails , for example du rin g a weekend or vacation, select Menu > Messag es > M essage setting s > BlackBer ry > Activa te mailb ox > No . Create and send messages Y ou can cr eat e an d sen d messa ge s usi ng th e BlackB erry Enterprise Server or Black Berry Web Client and th e fo llowing steps. If using th e BlackBerry Enterprise Ser ver , refer to Ã¢ÂÂSet personal pr eferencesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 47 and using th e Ad van ced tab. 1 Select Menu > Messages > BlackBerry > Create message .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 5 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia BlackBerry c onnectivity 2 Enter e -mail addresse s in th e To field. To c opy the message to others, select O ptions > Ad d Cc. Enter all Cc e-mail a ddresses in the Cc field, and press Options . To add Bcc addresses ( if this capability h as not been disabled by the network admi nistrator), select Add Bcc . Ente r all Bcc e -mail addresses. The Bcc recipients re ceive a "blind carbon co py" of the m essa ge. The oth er recipients cannot see the Bcc recipients. Y ou can also use e-mail addresses stored in your phoneÃ¢ÂÂ s phonebook. Refer to Ã¢ÂÂ Search for a contact Ã¢ÂÂ on page 56 . When finished, press OK . 3 Enter the s ubject for th e e-mail, and press OK . 4 Ty pe the m essa ge, and pre ss Sen d . Receive and reply to messages Y ou can temporarily activate or deactivate t he receiving an d sending of e-mail by setting Act ivate mai lbox to Ye s or No . Y ou c an re ceive and re ply to me ssag es u sing the BlackBe rry Enterprise Serv er or BlackB erry Web Client and the following steps: 1 When the i ncoming mess age alert appears, pre ss Show . If ther e is only one un read m essag e, th e mess age ope ns. If ther e is mo re th an one unr ead mess age, Inbox is display ed, from which you can select a listed message . 2 Scroll down to re ad the message, and the senderÃ¢ÂÂ s information at the bottom. A long me ssage may be deliv ered in two parts. If the message is long, the phon e displays the first part, then (more avail able: ) and the size of t he remaining part. T o requ es t the rema in ing m ess age, pres s More ; then sel ect the message again by pressing Back > Select . The remaining part wi ll be received and merged with the previous part. 3 While vi ewing a shor t message , a nd More is not displayed, select Reply or Option s > Reply to all . 4 While v iewing a long message, a n d Mo re is disp laye d, se lec t Opt ions >Reply or Options > Reply to all . 5 Select Empty s creen or Original text depending on whether or n ot you w ant to include the s enderÃ¢ÂÂs text in you r reply . 6 Write the reply , and press Se nd . T o view a summary of a message, sc roll to t h e folder and me ssage you want, and press and hold # . If the keyboard is ope n, press and hold Shif t-# . The messa ge summa ry contain s the time and date of the m essa ge, the me ssa ge size and the message subject.
52 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Forward message s Y ou can forward messages by using th e fol lowi ng ste ps: 1 While viewing a message , select Option s > Fo rward . 2 Enter the forw arding add r es s. To c opy the message to others, select Option s > Add Cc . Enter a ll Cc e-mail addre sses in the Cc field, and press Opt ions . T o add Bc c addresses (if this capa bility has n ot been disabled by the n etwork administrator), select Add Bcc . Enter all Bcc e-ma il addresses. When you have adde d addresses for all the recipients, press OK . 3 Edit t he me ssage, if ne cessa ry , and press Sen d . Delete message s When you delete BlackBerry e-mail message s using your ph one, the me ssages are deleted from the phone, not from the e-m ail server . Y ou can dele te messag es from your phon e by usin g the f ol lo wi n g s te p s: 1 Select Menu > Messages > BlackBerry . 2 Open t he folder , highlight t he messa ge you want to d elete , and sele ct Opt ions > Del ete mess age . To delete all the me ssages in a fo lder, select Me nu > M ess ages > Blac kB erry > Del ete mess ages. Sele ct the folder and c onfirm the deletion.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 53 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Call log 1 1 Call log The phon e records the phon e num bers for missed, receiv ed and dialed calls, and the approx imate lengt h of the calls. The phon e records missed and received calls only if the network supports these functions. The phone must also be switched on and w ith in the network service area. When yo u sele ct Opt ions in the Mi sse d ca lls , Received calls , and Dialed numbers menu , you can view the date and th e time of t he call, edit or de lete the phone num ber from th e list, save the number in Co ntac ts , or send a messa ge to t he num ber . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ RECENT CALL LISTS Select Menu > Call lo g and one of the followin g options: Mis sed c alls Ã¢ÂÂ to view the list of the last 20 phon e num bers from which some body has tried to call y ou ( net work s erv ice) . The n umber i n fro nt o f the n ame or p hon e numb er ind ica tes the nu mber of c all attempts from tha t calle r . When a note about missed calls is display ed, select List to access the list of phone numbe rs. Scroll to th e number y ou would like to call back , and press the Ta l k ke y . Rece ive d cal ls Ã¢ÂÂto vie w the lis t of the last 20 phone n umbers from wh ich you have most recently acce pted calls (network service ). Dialed numbers Ã¢ÂÂto v iew t he li st o f th e las t 20 phon e nu mbers t hat you h ave m ost recen tl y called or att empted to c a ll. See also Ã¢ÂÂLast n umber redialÃ¢ÂÂ on page 20. Dele te r ece nt cal l l ists Ã¢ÂÂt o delete th e recent calls lists. Sele ct whethe r you w ant to delete all the ph one nu mbers i n the rece nt calls lists, o r only the numbe rs in t he missed c alls, received calls or diale d numbe rs lists. Y ou canno t undo the operation. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ TIMER S AND CO UNTERS Timers a nd count ers main tain u seful information about phone activity . Note: Th e actua l invoic e for calls a nd services from you r service provide r may v ary , depending u pon netw ork features, rounding-off for b illing, tax es, etc. Select Menu > Call lo g > Time rs an d coun ter s , and one of the follow ing options: Call t imers Ã¢ÂÂscroll to v iew the approximate duration of your incom ing and out going calls in hours , minute s, and seconds. The sec urity code is required t o cle ar the timers. If you h ave two phon e lines available (network service) , each phone lin e has its own c all duration timers. T he timers of the se lected line are disp layed.
54 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia GPRS dat a count er Ã¢ÂÂ s c r o l l t o c h e c k t h e s i z e o f d a t a t h a t w a s s e n t o r r e c e i v e d i n b y t e s , s e n t and receive d data in total, and to clear t he counters. The security code is requ ired to clea r th e count ers. GPRS c on necti on tim er Ã¢ÂÂscroll to check the duration of the last GPRS connection or the total GPRS con nection time. Y ou can a lso clear th e timers. Th e security c ode is requi red to cl ear the t imers. Note: Timers and counte rs may be reset if y ou have your phone repaired.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 55 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Con ta ct s 12 Conta c ts Y ou can save names and ph one nu mbers (contacts) in bot h the phone memory and in the SI M card mem ory . Y ou m ay save up to 50 0 nam es with num bers and text notes for each n ame in the phone memory . Y ou can a lso sa ve an image for a ce rtain num ber of names. The n umber of names that can be saved depends on both the length of the names, and the number and length of the phone numbers and text items. The phon e supports SI M c ards that can save up to 250 n ames and phone num bers. Names and nu mber s that a re saved i n the SI M card m emory are indicated by . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SETTINGS Select Me nu > Co nta cts > Setti ngs and one of the following options: Me mory in use Ã¢ÂÂ to select the m emory , either SIM card or phone, that you want to use for your contac ts. T o recall names and nu mbers from both memori es for contacts , select Ph one and SIM . In this case , the na mes and n umbers w ill be sav ed in the phone m emory . Contacts view Ã¢ÂÂto selec t how t he name s, numb ers, and im ages in contac ts are displayed. Memory status Ã¢ÂÂt o vie w how muc h free me mor y is av aila ble fo r b oth me mor ies for con tac ts. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ ADD CONTAC TS Names an d numbe rs will be sa ved in the mem ory in us e. 1 Select Men u > Co ntacts > Add co nta ct . 2 K e y in the n ame, a nd sele ct OK . 3 K ey i n the phon e number , a nd sel ect OK . 4 When the na me an d numbe r have been save d, selec t Done . Note: To quick save in the standby mod e, ke y in th e phone nu mber , and se lect Sav e . K ey in the name, sele ct OK > Done . Save multiple numbers and text items Y ou can save different types of phone numbers and short te xt items for each name in the phone m emory that is allocated for con tacts. The first nu mber s aved is autom atically set as th e default number , a n d it is indicate d by a fr ame arou nd the number type icon, for exampl e, . When yo u se lect a name f rom conta cts, th e defa ul t num ber i s us ed unl ess you s el ect an oth er nu mber . 1 Make su re th at the m emor y in us e is eit her Phone or Ph one an d SI M .
56 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 2 To ac c ess the list of name s and phone numbers, move t he joystick down in the standby mode. 3 Select the de sired name, and select Det ails > Opt ions > A dd num ber or Add de tail . 4 To add a number or detail, select one of the num ber types or te xt types, respectively . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ For the User ID , sele ct Se ar ch to search for an ID by a mobile phone number o r an e-mail address in the server of the ne twork operator or service provider if you have connec ted to the presence service . If only one ID is found, it is automatically saved. Otherw ise, to sa ve an ID, s elect Optio ns > S ave . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To key in the ID, se lect Ent er ID manu ally . Key in the ID , and select OK to s ave it. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o cha nge the n umber o r text t ype, se lec t Change type in the options list. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o set the sel ect ed numb er as th e defau lt nu mber , sele ct Set a s de fault . 5 K ey i n the nu mber or te xt i tem, and sel ect OK to save i t. 6 Select Back > Exi t t o return to the s tandb y mode. Add an image to a name or number Y ou can add an image to a name or number save d in the phon e memory . The image must be one of th e supported formats (JPEG, GIF , WBMP , BMP , PNG, and OT A-BMP). Move the jo ystick down in the standby mode, scroll to the name (and num ber), and select Det ails > Op tions > Add im age . The ph one opens the list of folders in the Galler y . S croll to the desired image, and select Opti ons > Save t o cont acts . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SEARCH FOR A CONTACT 1 Select Menu > Contacts > Find , or scroll dow n in the standby mode. 2 K ey in t he fir st cha racte rs of th e na me for w hic h y ou are se archin g in the pop-u p w indow . Scroll up or down through the names in the list, and right or left to move the cursor in the pop-u p window . 3 Scroll to th e d esired cont act, a nd selec t Detai ls . 4 Scroll to v iew th e details of t he sele cted co ntact. Depending on the Contacts v iew s ett ing in Ã¢ÂÂS etti ngs Ã¢ÂÂ on pa ge 55, t he sub scr ibed co ntacts are shown differently . Either on ly the availab ility icon or the a vailability ic on, person al logo, and the status me ssage are shown. 5 Select Details to view a ll dynamic informat ion. T o view t he stat us messa ge in fu ll, se lect Det ail s , and press and ho ld * at the dynami c conta ct while scroll ing through the con tact na mes.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 57 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Con ta ct s Ã¢ÂÂ¢ DELETE CONTACTS Select Me nu > C ont acts > De lete to de let e a co nt ac t and the deta i ls a ttac hed to it . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o delete n ames and num bers one by one, select One by one , and scroll to the name (and number) that you wan t to dele te. Sele ct De lete > Y es . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To dele te contacts all at once , select Delet e al l , scroll to one of the m emory location s ( Phon e or SI M card ), a nd selec t Dele te . S ele ct Ye s . Con firm the deletion us ing the secu rity code . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ EDIT OR DELETE DETAILS IN C ONTACTS Move the joystick dow n in t he s tandby mode, scroll to the co ntact th at yo u wa nt to ed it or delete , and select Det ails . Scro ll t o th e nam e, n umber , te xt it em, or image tha t yo u wa nt to edit or delete, and select Op tions . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o edit a name, n umber , or text item or to change an image, se lect Edi t name , Edit num be r , Edit detail , o r Change im age . (Y ou c annot edit or delet e an I D wh en it is on the IM co nt acts or in th e Subsc rib ed nam es list.) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To delete a number or text item, select De let e nu mber or Dele te d e tail . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To dele te an image which is attache d to the contact, se lect Delet e i mage . Deleting an image from cont acts does no t delete it from Galle ry . Ã¢ÂÂ¢C O P Y C O N T A C T S Y ou can copy name s and phone numbers from t he phone memory to y our SIM card memory and vice versa. Any tex t items s aved in the phon e memo ry , such as e-mail a ddresses, w ill not be copie d to the SIM c ard. 1 Select Men u > C ont acts > Co py > Fro m ph one to S IM c ard or Fr o m SIM card t o ph on e . 2 Select One by one , All , or Primar y n umber s . Primar y num bers is shown if you copy from the pho ne to th e SIM card. Only the primary num bers will be c opied. 3 T o keep or de lete t he orig ina l names and num ber s, s elec t Kee p orig inal or Move original . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SEN D AND RECEI VE BUSINESS C ARDS Y ou ca n send and receive a personÃ¢ÂÂ s c ont act information from a compatible dev ice as a business c ard. When you have re ceive d a bu sin ess card , sele ct Sh ow > Sa ve to s ave the busine ss card in the pho ne memory . To discard the business card, select Exi t > OK . To send a bus iness c ard, sea rch for the name and pho ne num ber you want to se nd from contacts: 1 Select Deta ils > Op tio ns > Sen d bus . card . 2 Select Via infr ared , Vi a text messag e (net work service), or Vi a Bl u eto ot h .
58 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SPEED DIALING To as sign a nu mber to a speed dialing key , use the follow ing steps: 1 Select Men u > Co nta cts > 1-to uch dial ing , and scroll to the desired speed dialing key n umber . 2 Select As sign . If a numb er has already been assigned to the key , select Options > Chan ge . 3 Select Find , t he na me, and th e number you wa nt t o assig n. If the 1- touc h dialin g function is off, the phone give s you the opt ion to activ a t e it. To make a call using the speed dialing keys, see Ã¢ÂÂSpee d dial a phone nu mberÃ¢ÂÂ on page 2 1. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ VOI CE DIALIN G Y ou can make a phone call by saying a v oice tag that has be en added to a ph one number . Any spoken word or words, such as a personÃ¢ÂÂ s name, can be a voice tag. Y ou can add up to 10 v o i c e t a g s . Note: Using voice tags m ay be difficult in a noisy environm ent or during an emergenc y , so y ou should not rely s olely upo n voice dialing in a ll circu mstance s. Before using voice dialin g, review th e followin g informa tion: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ V oice tags are not language dependent. Th ey are d epend ent o n the spe aker 's voi ce. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ V oice tags are sensitive to backgroun d noise. Re cord them, and mak e calls in a qu iet en viro nmen t. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ When recording a voice t ag or making a call by saying a v oice ta g, hold the phone in the norm al position near to y our ea r . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ V ery short names are n ot accepted. Use long name s, and avoid similar names for different num bers. Note: You must say the na me e xactly a s you said it when you re corded it. This m ay be difficult in , for example, a noisy environm ent or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice d ialing in a ll circum stances. Add and manage voice tags Before you be gin, make sure you have the cont act name s you intend to s ave with v oice tags set up in the phone memory . Y ou can also add v oice tags to the name s in the SIM card, but if you re place your SIM card w ith a new on e, you first n eed to delete the old voic e tags before you c an add new ones. V oice tags use shared memory . Fo r more information , see Ã¢ÂÂSh ared memoryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4 . 1 In the standby mode, select Menu > Contac ts . 2 Scroll to th e d esired cont act, a nd selec t Detai ls > Op tions > A dd voice tag . 3 Select Star t , and cle arly say t he words y ou wa nt to re cord as a v oice tag. After recording, th e phone plays the recorded tag.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 59 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Con ta ct s 4 When the vo ice ta g has b een succe ssfu lly save d, Vo i c e t a g s a v e d is displayed, a beep sounds, and a symbol appears after the phon e number with a voic e tag. To chec k the v oice tags , selec t Me nu > C ont ac ts > V oi ce ta gs . Scroll t o the co ntact, selec t Options and t he function you want. Make a call using a voice tag If the ph one has an application using the G PRS connec tion that is sending or receiv ing data, end the a pplication t o mak e a call by using voice dialin g. 1 In the standby mode, press the Rig ht selec tion key , o r press and hold Nam es . A short tone is heard, and Speak now is disp layed. 2 Say t he voice t ag cle arly . Th e phone p lays th e re cogn ized voic e tag an d dials th e phone number of the voice tag after 1.5 seco nds. If you are using a compa tible headse t, press and hold the headset ke y to start the voice dialing. Info numbers and service numbers Y our service provider may ha ve include d info rm ation numbers or service on your SIM card. Select M enu > Cont acts > Info nu mb ers or Servi ce numbers . Scroll through a category to an information number or to a servic e number , and press the Tal k key to call the num ber . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SAVE N UMBERS ON THE SIM CAR D The phon e numbers assigned to y our SIM card are saved in My numbe rs if this is allowe d by t he card. To view the n umbe rs sele ct Menu > Con tacts > My nu mber s . Scroll to th e desired name or num ber , and select View . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CALLER GROUPS Y ou ca n ar ran ge t he na mes and p ho ne nu mber s sa ve d in Contacts in to caller groups. For each caller grou p, you can selec t a ringing tone and a logo that is shown on t he display when you receive a call from a phone num ber in t he group. To se t the phone to rin g only upon calls from phone nu mbers belonging t o a selected caller gro up, see Alert fo r in Ã¢ÂÂ Tone settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 60. Select Me nu > Co nta cts > Cal ler gro ups and the desired calle r group. Y ou can select fro m the fo llowing fun ctions: Ren ame grou p , Group na me , Group ri ng ing ton e , Grou p logo , and Gr oup me mbe rs . If you se lect Grou p memb ers , sele ct Ad d , to add a name to the group, if there are no names in the group. O therwise, select Op tions > A dd contact . To remove a name from a c aller group, scroll to the de sired name, and select Remove .
60 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 13 Settings Ã¢ÂÂ¢ PRO FILES Y our phone has a group of profiles that allow you t o personalize the tone settings of your phone and t o activate a profile for different ev ents and environments. Available profiles are Norm al , Sile nt , Meeti ng , Outdoor , My profile 1 an d My pro file 2 . Select Menu > Setti ngs > Pr ofiles , a profile, and from the follow ing options: To activate the s elected profi le, s elect Act iv ate . T o activ ate the p rof ile for a ce rtai n am ount of time up to 24 hours, select Timed , a nd se t t he en d time. When the timed p rofile expires, the previous profi le that was not timed, becomes a c t ive. To pers on alize the profi le, se l ect Custom ize . Se lect t he s etting t hat you want to cha nge, and make the changes . The settin gs can also b e chan ged in the To n e s e t t i n g s me nu, se e Ã¢ÂÂTone settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 60. T o re name a pr ofile , sel ect Custom ize > Pro file Nam e . The Normal profile cannot be renamed. To quic k ly change the profile in the standby mode, press the Po w e r key , scroll to th e profile that you want to ac tivate, and press Select . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T ONE SETTINGS Y ou can find the same settings in the Pro file s menu. Th e se ttings yo u choose also update the active profile . Select Me nu > S ett ings > T one sett ings and from the following options: Ringin g optio ns Ã¢ÂÂto sele ct how the phone notifies y ou of an incoming voice ca ll. Ringing tone Ã¢ÂÂto se lect a tone for incoming voice c alls. To select rin ging tones that hav e been saved in the Gal lery , sel ect Open ga llery from the ringin g tone list. Rin ging vo lume Ã¢ÂÂ to set the ton e level for incoming voice c alls and in coming me ssages. Note: If you download a ringing tone or re ceive one u sing O TA, you can save it in the Galle ry . Vibr ati ng a lert Ã¢ÂÂt o set the phone to vibrate for incoming voice calls and incoming messages. The vibrat ing alert does not wo rk when the phone i s connect ed to a charger , a desktop stand, or a car kit. Inst an t mes sa ge al ert tone Ã¢ÂÂ to set the alert ton e for inc oming me ssages. Ke ypa d t o ne s Ã¢ÂÂto a djust th e tone level of k eypad. Warnin g ton es Ã¢ÂÂ to set the phone to sound tones, for example , when the battery is running low on c harge. Aler t for Ã¢ÂÂto set the phon e to ring only on c alls from ph one numbe rs that belong to a selected calle r group. Scroll to the calle r group that you w ant or A ll calls , a nd s e lec t Mar k .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 6 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Settings Ã¢ÂÂ¢ DISPLAY SETTINGS Select Me nu > S ett ings > Disp lay settin gs an d one of t he following opt ions: Wallpaper Ã¢ÂÂto set the phone to display a background image, known as w allpaper , when the phone is in the standby mode. Some images are provided in th e Ga llery me nu. Y ou can also re ceive images , for exa mple , throu gh a mult imed ia mess age or use PC S uite to trans fer t hem from your PC, a nd save them in G allery . Y ou r phone supports JPEG, GIF , W BMP , BMP , PNG, and O TA-BMP formats, but n ot necessarily all variations of th ese formats . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Sele ct ima ge to open an image folde r . Scroll to th e desired image you w ant to set a s wallpape r , and selec t Op tions > Se t as w allpaper . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ On or Off to activate or deactivate t he wallpaper . (The wallpaper is n ot displayed when the pho ne activat es th e scree n save r .) Color schemes Ã¢ÂÂ t o change the color of some display com ponents, such as ic ons and signal bars. Menu vi ew Ã¢ÂÂt o select how the ma in menu items are display ed on the ph one. Sele ct List or Grid . Operato r logo Ã¢ÂÂto set the phone to sho w or h ide the network operator logo. I f you have not saved any n etwork operator logos, the Op era t or l ogo men u is dimmed. The operato r logo is not dis play ed w h en the phone activates the sc ree n saver . Scr een saver timeout Ã¢ÂÂto selec t the timeout a fter wh ich the s creen sa ver wil l be activated. The le ngth of th e time out can v ary from 5 seconds to 60 minute s. The digital cloc k screen saver is used to save power in the standby mode. It is activated when the phone has not been used for a certain length of time while the key board is closed. T o deacti vate th e screen sav er , pre ss any key , or open the keyboard. T he sc reen saver is als o deactivated when th e phone is out of the n etwork coverage area. The screen saver overrides graphics and text information shown on the di splay when th e phone is in the standby mode. Displ ay contrast Ã¢ÂÂt o change the bri ghtne ss l evel of th e phone di spla y . M ove the jo ystic k to the left to decrease and t o the right to in crease the brig htness level , and select OK to accept i t. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ TIME AND DAT E Select Me nu > S ettin gs > Time and da te sett ings a nd one of the follow ing options: Clock > Sho w clock or Hid e clock Ã¢ÂÂ to show or hide the time on the top right of the display in the standby mode. Select Set the ti me to adjust the c lock to the corre ct time, and Time fo rma t to select 12-hour or 24-hour time format . The cloc k is also us ed for function s such as Messages , C all log , A larm cloc k , timed Pr of ile s , Calendar , Not es , a nd sc ree n save r . Note: If t he battery is removed from the phone for an exte nded time, yo u m ay need to reset the tim e. Date > Sh ow da te or Hi de da t e Ã¢ÂÂto show or h ide the date on the display in the standby mode. Select Set th e d ate to adju st the date . Y ou can a lso select the date f ormat.
62 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Auto-u pdate of date & t ime (network service)Ã¢ÂÂto set the phone to automatically update the tim e and date accordin g to the curren t tim e zone, se lect On . T o set the phon e to ask for confirmation before the update, se lect Confirm first . The aut omatic update of date an d tim e does not ch ange the time you h ave s et for the alarm clock, calendar or the alarm note s. They are in local time . Updating m ay cause som e alarms that you have set to expire. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ P ERSONAL SHORTCUTS Y ou can s elect the function for the Righ t se lectio n key displayed in the standby mode . Y ou have also a list of phone function s which c an be activated by say ing a voice tag. Up to five voice tags for th e voice c ommands can be added. Select Me nu > S ettin gs > P er sonal sh ortc uts and from the follow ing options: Right sel ection key Ã¢ÂÂto view the list of available func tions for the Right sel ection key . Scroll to th e funct ion tha t you w ant an d select it. Vo i c e c o m m a n d s Ã¢ÂÂto add a c ommand. Select the co mmand folder you wan t, scroll to the command t o which you w ant to add a voice tag. Select Option s > Ad d comm and . If th e command alre ady has a voi ce tag, is shown. T o add and activate a voice com m and, see Ã¢ÂÂV oice dialingÃ¢ÂÂ on p a ge 5 8. During a call or w hile an applic ation using the EGPRS con nection s ends or rec eives data, you canno t act ivate or add a voice comma nd. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ B LUET OOTH TECHNO LO GY The ph one supports Blu etooth wire less technology th at allows you to con nect the phone to a com patible Bluet ooth devic e within 3 2 feet (1 0 meters ). The Bluet ooth conne ction c an be subject to interference from obstructions such as w alls or other e lectronic devic es. Bluetooth connec tions and IR connection s cannot be activ e at the same time. Note: There may be re strictions on u sing Bluetooth devices in some loc ations. The No kia 6820i p hone is des igned t o be compli ant with and adapt to Bluetoo th Speci ficat ion 1.1. Co mpati bilit y bet we en th e phon e an d ot her pro duc ts wi th Bl uetoo th w irele ss tech nolo gy depen ds also on t he pro files an d prot ocol s used b y th e devic es. The c urren t pro files support ed by the Nokia 6820 i phone are: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SIM a cce ss pr ofile Ã¢ÂÂ¢ OPP (object push profile) as a client and se rver Ã¢ÂÂ¢ FTP (file tra nsfer profile ) as a se rver Ã¢ÂÂ¢ DUN (dial-up ne tworking profile ) as a gateway Ã¢ÂÂ¢ HSP (headset profile) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ HFP (hands-free profile) as an audio gateway
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 63 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Settings Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SDP (service discovery profile) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ GAP (gene ric acce ss profile) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SPP (serial port profile) with the PC conne ctivity soft ware Ã¢ÂÂ¢ GO EP (g ene ric acces s ex chan ge pr o file) When a profi le is active, the profile is shown on the ph one display , such as Remote SIM , to indicate that the phone is discon nected fro m the GS M netw ork, the reby de activa ting all phone fu nctions. For com patibility betwee n you r phone and a nother B luetooth device , con sult the manufa cturer of the de vice. In some locations, th ere may be restrictions on us ing Bl ue tooth devices. Che ck with y our loca l authorities. Note: Using Bluetooth features, or allowing the m to run in the backgrou nd while using other feature s, increases the de mand on battery power and redu ces the battery life. Set up a connection When you a ctivate the Bluetooth ap plication fo r th e first time, you are as ked to provide a Bluetooth n ame for your pho ne. This is the name that will be seen by ot her Blueto oth users. Use the following steps to activate your B luetoot h conne ction. 1 Select Me nu > Se tti ngs > Co nn ect ivit y > Blu eto oth > On . The acti ve Bluetooth connection i s indicated by at the top of the disp lay . Note: If you do not plan to u se th e Blueto oth fe ature for a n exte nded tim e period, deactivate it t o save power . 2 Select Se arch for au dio enh ancements to search for compati ble Bluetoo th devices. 3 Select the de vice tha t you w ant to conne ct to th e phone . 4 Enter th e Blu etoot h passcod e (mu st consi st of num bers onl y) of the dev ice to associate (or pair ) and connec t the dev ice. (Y ou o nly need to give this passco de when you co nnect to the de vice fo r th e firs t time. ) Set up name and visibility Select Menu > Se ttings > Connec tivi ty > Blue tooth > Blu etoo th setti ngs to de fine how your phone appe ars to other Bluetooth de vic es. Selec t from the follow ing options : My pho ne's vis ibilit y and Sh own to al l Ã¢ÂÂto show the phone to all othe r Bluetooth devices. My ph one's visi bility and Hidde n Ã¢ÂÂto show th e phone only to the paired devices. My ph one's n ame Ã¢ÂÂto change the Bluetooth device name for your phon e. Start a connection Selec t Menu > Settings > Connec tivity > Bluetooth and fr om the fo llow ing op tions:
64 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Acti ve d evice Ã¢ÂÂto che ck w hich B luetooth con nectio n is currentl y act ive. To clo se the con nectio n to th e selec ted device , se lect Disc onne ct . P aired dev ices Ã¢ÂÂ to view a list of Bluetooth de vices that are curren tly paired with th e phone. Scroll to th e desired device. To delete th e pairing to the device, select De let e . Select O ption s Ã¢ÂÂto access some of the following functions. (This list may change depending on the stat us of th e dev ice and th e Bluetooth c onnect ion.) Connect Ã¢ÂÂto conn ect to the sele cted devic e. Ass ign shor t name Ã¢ÂÂto giv e a nick name (visible to y ou on ly) to the selecte d device. Reque st conn. auth orizati on Ã¢ÂÂ to set up authorization . Select No to a llow th e phone to connect a utomatic ally . Selec t Ye s if y ou want the pho ne to prom pt you first. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ IN FRARED The phon e has an IR po rt that you can use for connec ting your phone to another IrDA comp liant device. Y ou can send or receive data such a s busi ness cards and calenda r notes to or from a c ompatible ph one or data device , such as a c omputer . Bluetooth connection s and IR co nnec tions ca nno t b e active at t he sa me t ime . Do n ot poin t the I R (in frared) beam at any one's eye or allow it to in terfere wi th ot her IR devices. This device is a Class 1 laser product. Send and receive data Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving devices are poin ting at eac h other and th at there are no obstruction s betwee n the device s. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To activate the IR port of you r phone, select Menu > Sett ings > Con necti vity > In frared . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ The user of th e sending phon e selects the de sired IR func tion to start data tran sfer . If the data tra nsfer is not star ted within 2 mi nutes after th e activati on of the IR port, th e connection is cancelled and has to be started again. Connection icon When blin ks continu ously , the IR connection has be en activated and you r phone is ready to send or receive data using its IR port. The IR c onnect ion dea ctivates auto maticall y . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ EGP RS GPRS (general packet radio service) is a netw ork service that allows mobile phone s to be used for sending and receiving data over an IP-based netw ork. GPRS is a data be arer that ena bles w ireles s ac cess t o da ta ne tworks , su ch a s the Interne t.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 65 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Settings EGPRS (enhanced GPRS), also known as EDGE (e nh anced data rates for glo bal evolution ) is similar t o GPRS but th e connection is fa ster . For more in formation on availabilit y of EGPR S and data transfer speed, contact your service provider . Note: The Nokia 6820i phon e is 3GPP GSM Release 99 terminal suppo r t ing EGPRS service. It is also designed to support Release 97 GPRS networks. However , proper function al i ty in all Release 97 GP RS networks c annot be guarante ed. F or more informa tion, contact your service provider . The applic ations that may use EGPRS are mult imedia, IM and text m ess aging, browsing sessions, e - mail, remote SyncML, Java application downloading and the PC dial-up (s uch as In ter net and e-ma il) . To use EGPRS technology , you must first do the followin g: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Contact your servic e provider for availability and subscription to the EGPRS service. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Save the EGPRS settings for each of the applications used over EGPRS. For information on pricing, contac t your service provider . Note: When you sele ct GP RS as a data bear er , the pho ne uses EGPRS instead of G PRS, if th is is ava ilable in the n etw ork. Y o u c annot select bet ween EGPRS and GPRS but f or som e appl ica tion s yo u may be ab le to se lect eith er GP RS or G SM d ata (C SD) . EGPRS connection Y our phone supports thre e simultaneous EG PRS connections. Y ou can brow se XHTML pages, receive multime dia messag es and ma intain a PC dial- up conne ction, a ll at the same time. Select Me nu > S ett ings > Co nnecti vity > GP RS > G PRS conn ecti on . Select Al way s on line to set the phone to automati cally regis ter to a n EGPRS ne twork w hen you switc h the phone on . When t he GPRS connect ion is established, the icon appears on the top le ft of the display . When you start an applic ation using EG PRS, the conn ection b etween the phone an d the network is e stablished, and data transfer is possible. When you e nd the application, the EGPRS connecti on is ended but the registration w ith the EG PRS network re mains. If you rec eiv e a call or a text m essag e, or ma ke a call dur ing a GPRS c onnec tio n, the i con appears on the top right of the display to indic ate that the EGPRS conne ction has been su spe nde d ( on h o ld). The GPRS and EGPRS connections ar e indic ated by t he same icons. If you sel ect When needed , the EGPRS registration and connect ion are established whe n required by an application using GPRS and close d when you en d the application.
66 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Modem settings Y ou can connect the phon e to a compat ible PC usin g IR , Blue tooth, or a d ata cab le co nnecti on and use th e phone as a mode m to enable EGPRS connectivity from t he PC. Select Menu > Se tti ngs > C onnec tivi ty > GPRS > GP RS mode m sett ings . Select Ac tiv e acce ss poin t t o activate the desired access poin t. Select E dit active acce ss po int to change the acc ess point settings . Ã¢ÂÂ¢S e l e c t A lias for a cce ss poi nt . K e y in the n ame that you w oul d like for t he activa ted access point, and select OK . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Select GPRS access point . K ey in the access p oint nam e (APN) to est ablish a connecti on to an EGPRS n etwork. Contact your service provider for the APN. Y ou can also se t the EGPRS dia l-up servic e se ttings (APN) on yo ur PC using the Nok ia Modem Options softw are. See Ã¢ÂÂPC Suit eÃ¢ÂÂ on pa ge 95. If you ha ve s et the s et ti ngs o n bo th your PC and on your phone, th e settings for the PC are used. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CALL SETTINGS Select Menu > Set ting s > Mor e sett ings > C all se ttin gs and from th e following option s: Call f orwar ding (ne twork se rvice)Ã¢ÂÂto direct y our incomin g calls to a n alternate location, such as y ou r v oice mailbox number . Forwarding options that are not supported by your SIM card or your service provider may not be sho wn. Contact your service prov ider for details. For exa mple , select C a ll forw ard ing to f orwar d you r voi ce ca lls w hen yo ur num ber i s busy or whe n you rejec t an incoming call. To turn on call forw arding, select Call for wardin g, select a menu option, and c hoose Act iv ate . To turn c all forwarding off, select Cancel . To check w hether c all forwardin g is activated or not, select Check statu s . To see the call forwardin g icons in the standby mode, see Ã¢ÂÂ Standby mode iconsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 17. Anykey an swer > On Ã¢ÂÂto answer an incoming call by briefly pre ssing any key , e xcept the Po w e r key , Left sel ecti on key , R ight sele ction key , an d En d ke y . Aut om ati c redi al > On Ã¢ÂÂt o set up your ph one to m ake a maximum of 1 0 atte mpts to connec t a c all afte r an uns ucces sful c all attempt. 1-to uc h dia ling > On Ã¢ÂÂto turn on speed dialing. Call w aitin g > Acti vate Ã¢ÂÂto se t up the phone to not ify you of an incomin g call while you have a call in progress. See Ã¢ÂÂCall w aitingÃ¢ÂÂ on page 2 1 . This feature requires support ing netwo rk serv ices. Summary after call > O n Ã¢ÂÂto set the phon e up to briefly display the duration and cost of the call when it t erminates. This feature re quires supporting network service s.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 67 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Settings Sen d my ca ller I D > Y es Ã¢ÂÂto set your ph one up to display y our phone number t o the person you ar e calling. Se lect S et by ne two rk an d the se tting agree d upon w ith your s ervice provider is used. This fe ature requires support ing network servic es. Line f or out going c alls Ã¢ÂÂto select the phone line 1 or 2 for making calls. For example, you can us e line 1 for personal calls and line 2 for bu siness calls . For more information on availability , conta ct your se rvice provider . If yo u select Line 2 an d have not subscribed to this netw ork service , you will not be able to make c alls. H owever , calls on both line s can be answe red regardle ss of the selecte d line. If supp orted by your SIM card, you ca n prevent th e li ne selectio n by selecting th e Lo ck op tion . Note: In the standby mode, you c an switch from one line to the other by pressing and holding * . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ PHONE SETTIN GS Select Menu > Setti ngs > M ore se ttings > Ph one se ttings and from th e following opt ions: Phon e language Ã¢ÂÂ to set the langua ge for the display text. If Automa tic is select ed, th e phone selects the language ac cording to the informati on on the SIM ca rd. Me mory st atus Ã¢ÂÂto view the amoun t of free, used, and to tal amount of memory for each funct ion. Y ou ma y a lso f ind memor y in for mati on i n th e men us of so me f unc tion s, f or e xampl e, in the Ap plicat ions menu . Secu rity key gu ard Ã¢ÂÂto lock the ke ypad of the pho ne with a se curity code . For more information, see Ã¢ÂÂSe curity codeÃ¢ÂÂ on page 69. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K ey in the security c ode, and select OK . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To set the s ecurity ke yguard, sel ect On . The ke ypad lock rem ains ac tive if you open the k eyboard. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To activate the sec urity ke yguard, se lect Menu , and press * within 1.5 s econds ( when the ke yboard is close d). To deac tivate the keyg ua rd when the ke yboard is open , selec t Unlo ck > OK ; then key i n th e se curity c ode. If the ke yboard is closed , sel ect Unloc k , and press * wit hin 1 .5 se cond s. Then key i n the se cur ity c ode. Note: If you receive a Bluetooth connection reque st from another device while the se curity ke yguard is activa ted, yo u must de activat e the ke yguard before you can accep t the con nection. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ When the keypad is lock ed, appears on top of the display . I f you have activated the security ke yguard, it does not protect your phon e data from P C Suite acc ess. Cell in fo d isplay > On Ã¢ÂÂto set the phone t o indicate when it is u sed in a cellular n etwork that is ba sed on microcellular network (MCN) technology .
68 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Wel c om e no te Ã¢ÂÂto c ustomize the w elcome n ote. Key in the n ote tha t you w ould l ike to be shown briefly w hen the phon e is switched on and select Save . Operator selection > Aut omati c Ã¢ÂÂto set u p th e phone to au tomatica lly selec t one of the cellular n etworks a vailab le in you r area. If you sel ect Manual , you can select a network t hat has a roaming agreement with your service provider . If No networ k access is displayed, you must select another net work. The phone stays in man ual mode un til the autom atic mode is selecte d or ano ther SIM c ard is inser ted into the pho ne. Co nfir m SI M serv ic e acti ons Ã¢ÂÂ to recei ve confirmation messages when SIM services are being used. For more i nformation, see Ã¢ÂÂSIM servicesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 94. Help te xt acti vation Ã¢ÂÂto set the phone to show the h elp topics. Sta rt- up tone Ã¢ÂÂ to set the ph one to play a start-up tone whe n it is switc hed on. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ EN HANCEME NT SETTI NGS The e nhancem en t settings menu is only s hown if the phon e is or has been connected to some mobile enha ncem ents (accesso ries), su ch as a c harge r or hand s-free uni t. Select Me nu > S ettin gs > More Setti ngs > Enhan cement se ttings . T hen sel ect a n appropriate enhanceme nt from a list, if the corresponding en hancement is or has been connecte d to the phone . Y ou can select the following options: Def ault pr ofile Ã¢ÂÂto a utoma tically a ctivate the des ired profile wh en you connec t to the selecte d en hancem en t. Y o u can s elec t another profile while the en hancem ent is conne cted. Aut om ati c an sw er Ã¢ÂÂto s et the ph one to au tomatic ally answ er an incomin g call afte r 5 seconds. If the Incom in g call ale rt is set to Beep once or Off , aut omatic answer w ill not be used. Light s Ã¢ÂÂto set the lights permane ntly to On . Select Au tomatic to s et the ligh ts on for 15 seco nds a fter a ke ypress . The Lig hts option is av ailable only when Handsfree is selected. When the pho ne is conn ected to the full c ar kit, sel ect Igniti on detec tor and On to automatically switch off t he phone approximate ly 20 seconds after you ha ve switched off the ig nition. For the loopset, select Use L oopset . For Tex t ph one , selec t Us e te xt ph one > Y es to use the text phone settings inste ad of headset or loopset settings. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SECURITY SETTINGS T o work with se curity settings, select Menu > Settings > More setti ngs > Security settings and th e settin g you w ant to modify . Note: When secu rity feature s that restrict ca lls are in use ( call res tricting, clos ed user group, and fixed dialing), calls may be possible to certain eme rgency numbers in some networks.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 69 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Settings PIN code request Select PI N code reque st to set the phone to ask for your P IN code every tim e the phon e is switched on. Som e SIM cards do not allow the PIN c ode request to be turned off. Call restrictions Select Call re stri ctio ns to restrict inc oming ca lls to, an d outgoi ng calls from, your phone. Network service and a password are required. Fixed dialing Select Fi xed dialing to restrict your outgoing calls and text me ssages to selected phon e numbers if this function is supporte d by yo ur SIM c ard. The PIN2 code is required. When the fixed dialing is on, GPRS c onnections are not possible except while se nd ing text messages over a GPRS connection. In this case , t he recipien tÃ¢ÂÂs phone number and the message cente r nu mber mu st be inclu ded in t he fixed dia ling list. Closed user group Closed u ser group is a network service that specifies the group of pe ople whom you can call an d who c an call you. Fo r more informa tion, conta ct you r service provider . Security level Secu rity level inst ructs the phone to ask for the security code whenever a new SIM card is inser ted into the pho ne. Memory Select Me mory to s et the ph one to re quest the security co de when the SIM c ard memory is selected . Access codes Selec t Access codes to change t he se curity c ode, PI N cod e, PIN2 code o r restri ction passwor d. Cod es ca n on ly i ncl ude n umber s fr om 0 t o 9. Refe r to the fo llo wi ng it ems wh en ch ang ing acce ss cod es. SECURI TY CODE The security code is 5 to 1 0 digits and p rot ects your phon e aga inst unauthorize d use . The preset code is 12345. When you have changed the code, keep the new code se cr et and in a safe place separate from your phon e. T o chan ge th e code, and to s et the ph one to re quest it, see Ã¢ÂÂSecu rity settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 68. If you key in an in correct s ecurit y code five times in succes sion, the phone may d isplay Code erro r . Wait for 5 minute s an d key in t he code aga in. PIN AND PIN 2 CO DES The PIN code is 4 to 8 digits and pro tects yo ur SIM card against unauthorize d use. Th e PIN code is usually supplie d with the SIM card. T o set the phon e to request t he PIN code each time th e phone is switched on , see Ã¢ÂÂSe curity settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 68. The PIN2 code may be supplied with the SIM card and is required to access some functions.
7 0 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia MODULE P IN The mod ule PIN code is 4 to 8 digit s and is re quired to ac cess th e information in the s ecurity module. See Ã¢ÂÂSe curity moduleÃ¢ÂÂ on page 93. The module PIN is supplied with the SIM card if the SIM card h as a se curity m odule in it. SIGNING P IN The signing PIN is 4 to 8 d igi ts and is requir ed fo r the digit al sign atur e. See Ã¢ÂÂDig ital sig natu reÃ¢ÂÂ on pag e 93. The signing PIN is supplied with th e SIM card if the SIM card ha s a security module i n it. PUK AND PUK2 CODES The PUK and PUK2 codes are 8 digits. The PUK (personal unblocking ke y) code is re quired to change a blocked P IN code. The PUK2 code is require d to change a b locked PIN2 code. If the code s are not supplied w ith the SIM card, contact y our service provider . If you ke y in an in corr ect PI N c ode t hre e time s in succ ess ion, the p hone may d ispl ay PIN blocked or PIN code blocked an d ask you to key in the PU K code. RESTR ICTION PA SSWORD The restri ction passwo rd is 4 digits and is require d when u sing the C all re stri ctio n ser vice . Y ou can obtain the password from your service provider . WA L L E T C O D E The w allet code is 4 to 1 0 d igits and is required to access the wa llet se rvices. If you ke y in an inco rrect wallet code s everal time s, the wa llet application is blocked for 5 m inutes. For further in formation, see Ã¢ÂÂWalletÃ¢ÂÂ on page 78 . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ RESTORE FACTOR Y SETTINGS To reset th e men u settings to the ir origina l valu es, sele ct Menu > Set tings > Re stor e f ac tory s ett ings . K e y in the securit y cod e and s elect OK . Note: The data you hav e keyed in or downl oaded, for example, the names and phone numb ers saved in contacts, are not deleted.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 7 1 C opyright ÃÂ© 2004 Noki a Gallery 14 Gallery In the Gallery menu you c an manage images, photos, re cordings, tones and video clips. Y our phone supports usage rights system to pr otect acquire d conte nt. A piece of co ntent, like ringing tone, c an be p rotected and associa t ed wi th ce rtain usage rule s, such as num ber of usage times and a cert ain usage period. The rules are defined in the usage right s for the conten t which can be deliv ered e ither t ogeth er with the c ontent or indepe ndently depending on the service provid er . Y ou may be able to update these rights. Alw ays check the delivery t erms of any content and usage righ ts before acquiring t hem, as they m ay be subjec t to a fee . The Galle ry uses shared memory . For mo re information, see Ã¢ÂÂShared mem oryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4. 1 Select Men u > G aller y . A list of folders is s hown. Im ages , Vi deo c lips , Grap hic s , Ton es , and Rec ordings are t he original folders on the phone . Y ou cannot delete, rename , or move the original folde rs on the phone. You can scroll to the desired folder , and sele ct Open to view a list of files in the folder . 2 From the list of folders select Opt ions to access Det ails , Typ e of v ie w , So r t , Add f old er , Acti vat ion ke y li st , and Gall ery downl oads . T ype of view Ã¢ÂÂ to select how the folde rs are displayed. Ga llery dow nl oads Ã¢ÂÂto dow nload more images and tones. Select G raphi c downl oads , T o ne down loads , or Gr aphic downlo ads . The list of available browser bookmarks is shown. Select More bo ok mark s to access th e list of bookmarks in the Ser vice s menu. Select the appropriate bookmark to conn ect to the desired sit e. I f t he connection fails, you may n ot be able to acc ess the pa ge from the s ervice whos e conne ction settings are current ly act ive. In t his ca se, ente r the Services menu and activa te another set of servic e settings. Try again to conn ect to the site. For ava ilability of diffe rent servi ces, pricing and tariffs, co ntact you r service provide r . Download c ontent only from the sour ces you trust. 3 If you ope ned a folde r , select the file y ou wa nt to vie w , and s elect Open ; or select Options to acce ss Delet e , Se nd , Edit imag e , Move , Rename , Set as wallpaper , Set a s ri ng tone , Edit im age, Det ails , Ty pe o f v ie w , Sort , Dele te all , Vi ew in sequence, Play , Zoom , Mu te audi o ( Unmu te au dio ), S et contr ast . Sele ct from the followin g options: Send Ã¢ÂÂto send t he sel ected fil e using M MS, a Bluet ooth co nnecti on, or an IR c onnectio n. Delet e a ll Ã¢ÂÂto delet e all the files in th e selecte d folder . Ed it i mag e Ã¢ÂÂ to insert text, a frame or clip-art in to the selected pict ure.
72 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia View in sequence Ã¢ÂÂto view t he files in the folde r one by on e. Play Ã¢ÂÂto listen to or to view a sound or image file that is contain ed in the message. Zoom Ã¢ÂÂto i ncreas e the si ze of th e imag e that i s con taine d in the m essag e. Mute au dio ( Unm ute audi o )Ã¢ÂÂto mute (unm ute) the sound file. Set c ontr ast Ã¢ÂÂto a djust th e contras t level of the imag e. Updat e r ights Ã¢ÂÂto update the usage rights of the sele cte d file. The option is o nly shown if the rig hts update is supported by th e file. Copyright protection s may prevent some imag es, ringing tones, and othe r content from being copied, mo dified, transferred or forwarded.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 73 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Came ra 15 Camera Y ou can take ph otos and record vide o clips with the bui lt-in came ra. The camera lens is on the back of th e phone , and the di splay of the p hone works as a viewfinder . T he camera produces pict ures in JPEG format and the vi deo clips in H.26 3 (SubQ CIF) form at. Y ou cannot u se th e came ra wh en the key board is open . The c amera inc ludes a self-time r if yo u w ant to be inc luded in the photo. The tim er allow s you 1 0 seconds before the cam era takes the photo. If t here is not e nough me mory to take a new photo or record a video clip, increase memory by deleting old ph otos or other files from Galle ry . The ca mera uses shared me mory . For more information, s ee Ã¢ÂÂSh ared memoryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4 . Note: Obey all loca l laws governin g the tak ing of pictu res. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CAMERA SETTINGS Use this proc edure to ch oose your ca mera setting s. Select Me nu > C ame ra > S ett ings and from the following s ettings: Image quality Ã¢ÂÂ to define how m uch th e photo fil e will be c ompressed when s aving the image. Select High , Nor mal , or Basic . The High settin g provides the best image quality but takes more memory . Vi de o clip le ngt h Ã¢ÂÂ to select the length for video clips recorded w ith the camera. Select Def aul t if you intend to sen d the file as a m ultimedia mess age. Cam era s ounds Ã¢ÂÂto set t he shutter s ound a nd the self-tim er tone to On or Off . Defau lt titl e Ã¢ÂÂto de f i ne the pre fix the cam era should use to n ame the phot o files. If you sel ect Automatic , th e ca mer a uses t he p refix Image wit h an incr ement al nu mber (such a s Image 00 1 , Image 002 ). If you sel ect M y ti tle , you can ke y in a pr ef ix fo r a ser ies o f photos, and the cam era numbers the pho to files for you . For example ( Po o l Pa r t y 0 01 , P oolParty002 ). Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T AK E A PHO TO 1 Select Men u > Ca mera and from the following: S tand ar d phot o Ã¢ÂÂt o take a basic photo using landscape orientation. P ortra it p hoto Ã¢ÂÂto take a photo using portrait orientation . Ni gh t m ode Ã¢ÂÂto take a photo when t he lightning is dim . Note: To quic kly a ccess th e camera in th e standby mode (with standard ph oto vi ew), move the j oys tick up. Th e image ap pears on the dis play , and yo u ca n use th e displ ay as a vi ewfi nder .
74 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 2 Select Capture . The ph one saves the photo in the Phot os fold er of the Ga llery menu. Th e saved photo appears on the display . 3 Select Back to take another ph oto, or select Option s and se lect from the following: Zoom Ã¢ÂÂto en lar ge the view . Us e the jo yst ick t o rep osit ion t he pi ctur e in th e vi ewf inde r w ind ow . Sen d Ã¢ÂÂto send the p hoto using MMS, IR or Bl u etooth technology . Attac h to co ntact Ã¢ÂÂt o assign the photo to a contact. Rename Ã¢ÂÂto change the name of the phot o. Open Gallery Ã¢ÂÂ to v iew the fol ders in the Gal ler y me nu. Set c ontr ast Ã¢ÂÂto adjust th e contrast for the photo. Set as wallpaper Ã¢ÂÂ to save the photo as background wallpaper on you r phone. Det ails Ã¢ÂÂto se e the name , size, resolut ion, date cr eated, format, and copyrigh t information. 4 After takin g a pic ture, to us e other opti ons, se lect Back > Options and from the following opt ions: View previo us Ã¢ÂÂto view the previous photo. Open Gallery Ã¢ÂÂ to v iew the fol ders in the Gal ler y me nu. Change mo de Ã¢ÂÂto change the type of photo or video. Self -time r Ã¢ÂÂto take a ph oto using a de lay . To use th e self-tim er , select Start . After th e timeout period (approximately 1 0 seconds), the camera t akes the photo and saves i t in the Galle ry m enu. The self-time r makes a beeping sou nd when it is run ning. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ R ECORD A VIDEO CLIP Select Me nu > C amera > Vid eo > Re cord . The re cording icon and the remainin g recording time are shown at th e top of t he display . To stop the recording, select Stop , and the video clip is saved in the Vide o clips folde r of the Galle ry menu. To pause the re cording, select Pa u s e . To resume the re cording, se lect Co ntin ue . Select O ptions to select, for example, an option to set the desired operation m ode, mute or un mute the micro phone, or acc ess the Galle ry .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 75 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Organizer 16 Organizer Ã¢ÂÂ¢ AL ARM CLOCK Th e al arm clo ck uses the ti me f orma t t hat has bee n set for th e cl oc k. T he a lar m cl oc k wor ks even w hen the ph on e is switc he d off . Select Me nu > O rga ni zer > Ala rm cloc k . Ã¢ÂÂ¢S e l e c t Alar m tim e , key in t he alarm time, and sele ct OK . T o change the al arm time, sele ct On . Ã¢ÂÂ¢S e l e c t Alar m ton e , and you can se lect a default alarm tone, person alize your alarm tone by selecting one from the ring ing tone list or from the Galle ry . When the alarm time e xpires, the phone sounds an alert tone, and flashes Al arm ! along with th e curre nt time on the display . Select Stop to stop th e alarm . If you let th e alarm continue for a minute or if you s elect Snoo ze , the alarm w ill reactiv ate in about 1 0 minute s. If the ala r m ti me is re ache d whi le th e ph on e is switch ed off, the phon e switc hes i tself on and start s sounding the alarm ton e. If you selec t St op , the phone prompts you to activate the phon e for calls by displaying Swi tc h th e ph one on? . Sel ect No to switch off th e p hone or Ye s to make and receive c alls. Note: Do not s ele ct Ye s when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . Ã¢ÂÂ¢C A L E N D A R The cale ndar helps y ou t o keep track of re minders , calls that you need t o make , meet ings , and birthdays. The cale ndar u ses shared memory . F or more in formation, see Ã¢ÂÂShared me moryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4. 1 Select Menu > Org aniz er > Calend ar . Note: T o quickly vie w the curren t Calendar month, s croll right in the standby mode. 2 Scroll to th e d ay that you wan t, a nd select View . The curren t day is indicated by a frame around th e day . If there are any note s set for the day , the day is shown in bold type. 3 T o view a sin gle note , scroll to the desire d note, and se lect View . Y ou can scroll to vie w the entire n ote. 4 To perform other task s, select Opt ions and one of the fol lowing: Make a note Ã¢ÂÂt o cre ate a no te.
76 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Delet e, Edit, or Move opt ionsÃ¢ÂÂto erase, change, or move a note. Go to d ate Ã¢ÂÂto go directly to a ne w date. Sen d no te Ã¢ÂÂto s end the note to a compati ble p h one calendar using IR , cale ndar , tex t message, MMS, or Bluetooth technology . Copy Ã¢ÂÂto copy th e note to another day . Set ting s Ã¢ÂÂ to set the da te, time, date or time form at, or t he firs t day of t he week. In th e Auto-d elete option you can set t he phone t o automatically delete old n otes after a specifie d time. Repeated notes, l ike birthday notes, will not b e deleted. Go t o to-d o list Ã¢ÂÂto take a s hortcu t to the to-do list. Add a cale ndar note For information on ke ying in le tters and n umb ers, see Ã¢ÂÂTips for w riting textÃ¢ÂÂ on page 25. When you add a calendar note, you have the option to use an alarm. I f you set the alarm, the ph one will b eep a t the s et tim e and display th e note. When a call n ote ic on is show n on the display , you c an call a displayed number by p ressing the Ta l k key . T o st op the alarm and v iew the n ote, s elec t View . S ele ct Snoo ze to return the ph one to the standby m ode. T o stop the a larm without viewin g the n ote, se lect Exit . Select Menu > Org anize r > C alend ar , or scroll righ t in the standby mode to go to the monthly view . Scroll to the date th at you want, and selec t View . Select Add No te if there are no not es for the day , or se lect Options > Make a note and o ne of the follo wing: Calendar Ã¢ÂÂK ey in t he not e, and s elect Save ; or sel ect Options , search for the n ame in Contacts an d sel e ct OK . Key in the lo cation of the meeting, and select Save . K e y in th e s tar t time fo r the meeting, s elect OK , ke y in the end t ime , and se lec t OK. T o s et t he alarm for the note, select W ith tone or Silen t (no ala rm tone), a n d set the alarm time . Call Ã¢ÂÂKey in the ph one num ber , and select Save . Key in the nam e, and se lect Save . (Instea d of keying in the phon e n umber , s earch for the name and number in Co ntacts ). Key in the time for t he call, a nd select OK . T o set the ala rm for the note, select W ith tone or Sile nt (no alarm tone) , and set the alarm time . Bir th day Ã¢ÂÂKey in th e na me (or s elect Options , and search for i t in Contacts ), a nd se lect Sav e . Then key in the ye ar of b irth, and s elect OK . To set the a larm for t he note, se lect Wi th to ne or Sile nt (no alarm tone) , and set the alarm time. Not e Ã¢ÂÂK ey in th e not e, a n d select Save . K ey in the end day for the note, and select OK . To set th e a larm fo r th e no te, s elec t W ith tone or Silent (no alarm tone), and set the alarm time . Reminder Ã¢ÂÂKey in the s ubject for the re minder , a nd select Save . To set the a larm for the note, select Ala rm on , and se t the alarm tim e. When you ha ve set the alarm, the icon is display ed whe n you view the notes .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 77 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Organizer Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T O-DO LIST In the to-do list , you can s ave note s for tasks that you have t o do and manage the tasks in different way s. The t o-do li st uses shared me mory . For more information, see Ã¢ÂÂShared memoryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4. Select Menu > Organiz er > To-d o list . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To add a new note when the task list is empty , s ele ct Add no te or Options and Add if you have s ave d tasks . Se lect Save and the priority for the note: High , Medium , or Low . The phon e au tomatica lly sets the dea dline wi thout an a larm for th e n ote. To chang e th e deadli ne, vi ew the n ote, an d sele ct th e option for de adline . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ In the task lis t, yo u can select Options and an option to sort the tasks by priority or by deadlin e, send them to anot her phone, save them as a calendar note , or access the calendar . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o view a task, scroll to the de sired task on the list, and select View . T o edit t he dis pl ayed ta sk, se le ct Edit . Ã¢ÂÂ¢N O T E S Y ou can use Note s for w riting and sending note s using IR, SMS, or MMS. No te s uses shared memory . For more information, see Ã¢ÂÂSh ared memoryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4 . 1 Select Menu > Or ganizer > No tes , or type a character when the messaging keyboard is open. The phone will ask you to set the da te and time, if it has not already been set whe n you start to write a note. 2 To a dd a new note , se lect Add note (if the list of note s is empty), or s elect O ptions > Make a note . 3 To view a not e, scroll t o the de sired note on the list, a nd select View . 4 To edit the di splayed no te, select Edit . 5 K e y in the note, and select Save . If you sel ect Opt ions , you ca n se lect Insert t ime & date to add the curren t time and date to the note. If the re is not enough space for time and date, the phon e w il l ask you to dele te the a ppropriate nu mber of ch aracters from your n ote. Y ou can also send the note usin g IR, Bluetoot h conne ction, MMS, or a s a text mes sage ( S M S ) t o a n o t h e r c o m p a t i b l e p h o n e . I f t h e n o t e i s t o o l o n g t o b e s e n t a s a t e x t m e s s a g e , the phone prompt s you to delet e the appropriate number of ch aracters from your note.
78 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ WALLET Y ou can u se the wallet to pay for you r purchases made from the browser . Y ou can save your personal inform ation, such as credit card num bers and addresses in the wa llet, and use th e data that are saved in the wallet during browsi n g. Y ou can also save acces s cod es to mo bile services that reque st a user name and password. The data in the wallet is prote cted with a wallet code th at you can de fine when you access the w allet for th e first time. At Create wallet code , key in the code, an d select OK to confirm it . At V e rify wal let c ode , key in the co d e agai n, and select OK . To delete all t he conten ts of the walle t and the wallet code, key in * #73 7 092553 8# ( * #res wallet # in let ters) in the st andby mode. Y ou a lso need the sec urity code for t he phone. See Ã¢ÂÂAccess codesÃ¢ÂÂ on page 69. Access the wallet Select M enu > Orga nizer > W alle t . K ey i n your wallet code, and select OK . Se lect from the following opt ions: Wal l et p ro fi l es Ã¢ÂÂto create card com binations, for example, for different services. A wa llet profile is he lpful if the service asks you to fill in many data ite ms. Y ou ca n sele ct the appropriate wallet profi le instead of sele cting different cards separately . Cards Ã¢ÂÂto save person al card info rmation . Y ou can sa ve payment car d, loyalty c a rd , and access card informa tion, inclu ding informa tion such as user name and passwo r d combina tions for different servic es. Tic k e ts Ã¢ÂÂto save notifications of e-tickets that you have bought using your mobile service. T o vi ew the t ick ets, scr oll to th e desi red t icket , and se lec t View . Receipt s Ã¢ÂÂto sa ve receip ts for mobile pu rchases. P ers onal not es Ã¢ÂÂto save all kinds of personal i nformation th a t you want to protect by the wallet PIN code. Set ting s Ã¢ÂÂ to ma nage your wallet s ettings. For more inform ation, see Ã¢ÂÂWallet settin gsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 80. Save card details 1 Select Menu > Org anize r > Walle t > Ca rds . 2 Select one of t he following c ard types to save the details: P aym ent car d Ã¢ÂÂfor credit and de bit cards. Loyal ty c ard Ã¢ÂÂfo r mem ber ship cards . Acces s ca rd Ã¢ÂÂ for personal user names and passwords to on line services. Addre ss card Ã¢ÂÂfor basic con tact informati on for h ome or office. Use r inf o car d Ã¢ÂÂ for customized pe rsonal preferences for online services.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 79 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Organizer 3 If th ere are no cards in t he fol der , se lect Add to create a new card. 4 To v iew saved details of the card, scroll to th e desired card, and select View . 5 Fill in th e fields for the deta ils, and sele ct Done . Y ou can also rece ive card inform ation to your ph one over the air from a card is suer or service provider . Y ou will be n otified as to which c ategory th e card be longs. Save or dis card the receiv ed card. Y ou can view , but not e dit the saved card. To receive card in formation over th e air , contac t the c ard is suer or servi ce pro vider . Add personal notes Y ou can save personal note s, including account numbers, passwords, codes, or notations. Access the walle t, and s elect Pe r s o n a l n o t e s . To create a new personal note, select Ad d new . To v iew a note, scroll to the desired note on the list, and select View . To edit t he di spla yed note, select Edit . When viewin g a n ote, y ou can s elect Send via text msg , Copy to calen dar , o r Us e detail . Create a wallet profil e When yo u have save d your pers onal card de tails, you can com bine them togethe r to create a wallet profile. Y ou can use th e walle t profile to retrieve w allet data from diffe rent cards while browsing. 1 Select Menu > Org anize r > Wallet > Wallet p rofil es . 2 To create a new wallet profil e, sele ct Add ne w . 3 Fill in th e followin g fields, an d select Done . Some of t he fields conta in data that are se lecte d from the wallet. Y ou mus t save the data before you c an create a w allet profile. Wallet pr ofile nam e Ã¢ÂÂenter a n ame for the profile. Sele ct p aym ent car d nex t Ã¢ÂÂselect a c ard from the payment card li st. Se lect loy alt y card ne xt Ã¢ÂÂ select a card from the loyalt y card lis t. Sel ect acce ss card next Ã¢ÂÂselect a card from the acce ss card lis t. Selec t us er inf o card n ext Ã¢ÂÂs elect a card from the u ser data c ard list. Selec t b illi ng a ddre ss n ex t Ã¢ÂÂselec t an add ress f rom the ad dres s card li st. Selec t sh ipping ad dress next Ã¢ÂÂsel ect an ad dres s from th e address card l ist. Sele ct r eceip t deli ver y add ress next Ã¢ÂÂselec t an addr ess fr om the add ress c ard lis t. Selec t re ce ipt d eliver y me th od nex t Ã¢ÂÂs elec t the way to d eliver the rece ipt: Rece ipt to phon e number or Receipt to e-mail addres s .
80 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia W allet settings Select Menu > Orga nizer > Wallet > Setti ngs . Select Change c ode to ch ange the w allet code. Select Phone ID to set the RFID code. Guidelines for wallet purc h a ses To do your shopping, access the desired service site that sup ports the w allet. The servic e needs to support the Electron ic Commerce Modeling Language specification. See Ã¢ÂÂ Conne ct to a serviceÃ¢ÂÂ on page 89. Choose the produc t that you w ant to buy , and carefully read the provided information before your pu rchase. Note: The text may not fit w ithin a single sc reen. Th erefore, make sure that yo u scroll through and read all of the text before your purchas e. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To pay for the items, the ph one ask s wheth er you w ant to use th e wa llet or n ot. The phone also asks for your w allet PIN code. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Select the card w ith whic h you wa nt to pa y from the Pa y m e n t c a r d s list . Provided that the data form y ou receive from the servic e provider sup ports the Electronic Commer ce Modeling La nguage specification, the p hone autom atically fills in the credit c ard informat ion or the wallet profile from the wallet. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ When you approve the purchase, the informati on is forwarded. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Y ou may receive an acknowledgemen t or a digital receipt of t he purc hase. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To close the w allet, selec t Cl ose w allet . If y ou do not u se th e walle t for 5 min utes, it autom atica lly closes . Note: If you have t ried to acc ess or have a ccessed conf identia l in forma tion requi ring passwords (for example, your bank accoun t), empty the ca che of your phone after eac h u se. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ S YNC HRO NIZ AT ION Synchron ization allow s you to save y our ca lendar and conta cts data on a remot e Inte rnet server or on a com patible PC. If you have saved data on the remote I nternet server , y ou can synchronize your phone by starting th e sync hronization from the phone. Synchronizing to the remo te server is a n etwork servic e. Y ou can als o synchronize y our contact an d calen dar data to correspond wi th the da ta on your c ompatibl e PC by s tarting the synchroni zation from your PC . The c ontact da ta in you r SIM c ard will not be sync hronized. Note: Answering an incom ing call during sync hronization will en d th e synchronization process, and you will need to restart it.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 8 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Organizer From your phone Before synchroniz ing from your phon e, you may need to do the follow ing: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Subscribe to a sync hronization s ervice. For more informa tion on availability and the synchroniza tion s ervice sett ings, contac t your s ervice prov ider . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Retrieve th e synch ronization settings from y our se rvice provide r . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Set the co nnecti on sett ings yo u need f or synchro niz ation. See Ã¢ÂÂ Phon e se tupÃ¢ÂÂ on pa ge 88. To start th e synchro nization from yo ur phone , use t he follow ing step s: 1 Activa te the con nection s ettings tha t y ou ne ed for synch ronization . See Ã¢ÂÂPho ne setu pÃ¢ÂÂ on page 8 8. 2 Select Menu > Org anize r > Sy nch roniza tion > S ettin gs > Acti ve Interne t s ync. setting s . 3 Scroll to th e se t you w ish to activate, and se lect Acti vate . 4 Mark th e da ta to be s ynchronized. 5 Select Menu > Org anize r > Sy nch roniza tion > S ynch ronize . The mark ed data in the a ctive set w ill be sync hronized aft er confirm ation. Note: Synchro nizing for the first time or after an interrupte d sy nchronization may take up to 3 0 minute s to c omplete , if con tacts or c alendar a re full. Obtain settings Y ou ma y receive the sy nchronization settings as an OTA message from your service provider . T o rec eiv e the se tti ngs o ver th e air , see Ã¢ÂÂ Over-the -air settings s erviceÃ¢ÂÂ on page 19 . To key in th e settin gs ma nually , use the following steps: 1 Se le ct Menu > Organizer > Synchroniz ation > S ettings > Active Interne t sync. se ttings . 2 Scroll to th e se t you w ish to activate, and se lect Acti vate . Y ou m ust activa te the set whe re you wan t to save the syn chroniza tion settin gs. A set is a colle ction of setting s required t o make a conn ection t o a serv ice. 3 Select Edit active I ntern et sync. set tings . Select each setting on e by one, and key in all the re quired set tings. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ S ettings ' name Ã¢ÂÂ to key in the name for the set. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Data to be synchronized Ã¢ÂÂto mark the data you w ant to synchronize. Sele ct Contacts or Calendar , and select Do ne . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Database addresses Ã¢ÂÂt o s ele ct Co ntacts data base or Cal end ar dat aba se . Ã¢ÂÂ¢U s e r n a m e Ã¢ÂÂto k ey in the use r name.
82 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ P assword Ã¢ÂÂto key in the password. Ã¢ÂÂ¢S y n c h r o n i z a t i o n s e r v e r Ã¢ÂÂto key in th e na me of th e se rver . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Con necti on s ettin gs Ã¢ÂÂto defin e connection settings required for syn chronization. Select each of the settings one by on e and k ey in all the required settings. Contact your servic e provide r for the settin gs. 4 Select PC sync. setti ngs to key in the set tings for se rver alerted s ynchron ization. 5 Select and k ey in Us er n ame and Pa s s w o r d . From your PC To synchronize c ontact s and th e ca lendar from your PC, use an IR or Bluetooth c onnect ion, or a data cable. Y ou also need the PC Suite softwa re of your phone installed on you r PC. Start the s y nchronization from your PC using PC suite.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 83 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Applications 17 Applications Ã¢ÂÂ¢ GAMES The games use shared m emory . For more in formation, see Ã¢ÂÂShared memory Ã¢ÂÂ on page 4 . Photosensitive seizures A very small percentage of people may experience a seizure when exposed to c ertain visual images, in cluding fla shing lights or pat terns that m ay appear in video game s. Even people who have no history of seizures or epilepsy may h ave a n undiag nosed cond ition t hat can cause photosensitive e pileptic seizures wh ile watching video games. These seizu res may have a varie ty of sy mptoms, including lig hthe adednes s, altered vis ion, eye or face twitchin g, je rkin g or sh akin g of ar ms o r l egs, di so rient ati on , co nfusi on , or mome nta ry l oss of a ware nes s. Sei z ur es may also ca use loss of consciou sness or co nvulsion s that can lea d to injury fro m falling do wn or s triking nea rby objec ts. Imme diately stop playi ng and cons ult a docto r if yo u exper ie nce any o f thes e sympt oms . Adults who allow teenagers (or childre n) to play th e games should wat ch for or ask their ch ildre n about thes e sympto ms as th ey are mor e lik ely t han adult s to ex perien ce t hese seizures. The risk of photosensitive epileptic se izures may be reduced by playing in a well-lit room and by not playing whe n you are drow sy or fatigued. If yo u or any of your relatives have a history of seizure s or epilepsy , consult a doct or before playing. Play safe ly . Take a break fro m playing games at le ast every half hour . St op playing immediately if you begin to feel tired of if you e xperience an unple asant sensation or pain in you r hands or arms . If the c ondition pe rsists, consult a doct or . How to play Select Menu > Ap plicat ions > Gam es and one of the following options: Selec t ga me Ã¢ÂÂto launc h a game. Scroll to a gam e or a game set ( the name depends on the game), and select Open . For functions tha t you ca n acc ess by s elec ting Options in the game list, see Ã¢ÂÂApplication or application set optionsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 84. Ga me down loads Ã¢ÂÂto download a game to t he phone. Me mory Ã¢ÂÂto view the memory that is available for game and applica tion installations. Set ting s Ã¢ÂÂto set sounds, l ights and shak es for the game. Note: Ru nni ng s ome ga mes may c ons um e th e ba tt ery fa st er , an d y ou m ay ne ed to co nnec t the phon e to t he char ge r .
84 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CO LLE CTION Collection menu a llows you to ma nage and u s e applications dow nloaded to t he phone. Collection uses shared memory . For more information, see Ã¢ÂÂSh ared m emoryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 4. Select Menu > Applic ation s > C ollect ion and one of the following options: Selec t a pplic ation Ã¢ÂÂ to launch an applicatio n. Scroll to an application or applicati on set (the name depen ds on the applic ation), and select Op en . F or fun ctions that you can a ccess by se lec ting Opti ons in the appli cati ons list, see Ã¢ÂÂAppl icati on or applic atio n set op tion sÃ¢ÂÂ on pa ge 84. App. do wnload s Ã¢ÂÂto down load an application t o the phone . Me mory Ã¢ÂÂto view the memory that is available for game and applica tion installations. Note: Running s ome applica tions may consum e the ba ttery fas ter , a nd you m ay need to conne ct the phone to th e charge r . Application or application set options Delet e Ã¢ÂÂto de lete the application or application set from your phone. If you dele te a pre-i nstalled application or an applic ation set from your phon e, you may download it again to your ph one from the Nokia Software Market, www .americas.softw aremarket.com . We b a cc e s s Ã¢ÂÂ to restrict the applicati on from accessing th e network. Sele ct Ask f irst an d the pho ne will ask you for net access, A llowe d to a llow the n et acce ss, or N ot a llow ed to not all ow t he net a ccess . Updat e v ersion Ã¢ÂÂto check if a n ew v ersion of the app lic ation is available for download from the service s ( n etwork servic e). Web page Ã¢ÂÂ to provide further information or additional data for the applicati on from an Internet page. This is a network service and th e menu is shown only if an I nternet address has been provided w ith the application. Det ails Ã¢ÂÂto give addit ional information about t he application. Download a game or an application Y our phone supports J2 ME TM games and applic ations. Make sure that the application or a game is compatible with your ph one before downloadin g it. Th e maximum size of the download is 64 KB . Y ou can download new J ava applic ations in different ways: Ã¢ÂÂ¢S e l e c t M enu > Applic ation s > Ap plica tions > App. downl oads ; o r select Menu > Ap plicat ion s > Ga me s > Ga me do wnl oads . The list of av ailable browser bookmarks appears. Select More bo okma rks to acce ss th e list of bookmarks in the Service s menu .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 85 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Applications Select the appropriate bookmark to conn ect to the desired sit e. I f t he connection fails, you may n ot be able to acc ess the pa ge from the s ervice whos e conne ction settings are curr ent ly acti ve . In this cas e, e nte r th e Services men u, and activat e another set of servic e settin gs. (See Ã¢ÂÂConne ct to a service Ã¢ÂÂ on page 89 .) Try again to conne ct to t he site. For t he availability of differ ent servic es, pricing and tariffs, c ontact your ser vice provid er . Ã¢ÂÂ¢S e l e c t Menu > Se rvi ces > Down loa d l inks to download an appropriate application or game. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Use the Nokia Applicatio n installe r from PC Suite to dow nload the applications t o your phon e. When downloading a ga me or an application, y ou have t he option t o save it to the Games menu instead of the App lica tion s me nu. Note: Nokia does not warrant application s from other si tes. If you choose to dow nload Java applic ations from the m, you should take the s ame precauti ons, for security or con tent, as yo u wou ld w ith an y site . Ã¢ÂÂ¢E X T R A S V oic e record er The voi ce recorder al lows you to record sounds and spee ch. Y ou migh t find this us eful for recording inform ation you intend to writ e down later , such as a name and a phone num ber . Th e reco rder c annot be us ed when a data cal l or conn ectio n is act ive. Note: Obey all loca l laws governin g recording of calls. MAKE A REC ORDING 1 Select Menu > Ap plicat ions > Ext ras > Voice reco rder . 2 To start th e rec ord ing, sele ct Re cord . To st art th e re cordin g during a call , select Opti on s > Recor d . Wh ile r ecor ding a ca ll, a ll parti es t o th e c all wi ll h ear a fa int beep ing sound. When recording, hold the phone in t he normal position near to your ear . 3 To end the record ing, select Stop . The recording is sav ed in th e Recordings fol der of the Ga llery m enu. 4 To listen to the la st recording, s elect Re pla y last reco rd ed . T o send the recording as a multime dia mes sage, selec t Op ti ons > Se nd > Via multim edia . LIST OF RECORDI NGS Select Menu > Ap plicat ions > Extras > V oice reco rder > Reco rdi ngs list . T he list of folders in the Ga llery appears. S elect Recordings > Open and some of the options for files in the Ga llery .
86 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Calcul ator The calculator in your phon e adds, su b tracts, multipli es, divides, ca lculates th e square and the square root, and conv erts currency value s. 1 Select Menu > Ap plicat ions > Ext ras > Ca lcul ato r . 2 When 0 appears on th e screen, key in th e first num ber of the calc ulation, press # for a decimal point, or th e corresponding sym bol on the k eyboard, if the keyboard is open. 3 Selec t Op tio ns > Ad d , Subtract , Multiply , Div ide , Square , Square root or C han ge sign . If the keyboard is open, you can also use the corresponding calculation symbols of the keyboard, if available. Note: If you are using the calculator with t he keyboard closed, press * onc e to add, tw ice to subt ract, three times to multiply , or four time s to d ivide. 4 K e y in the second number . 5 For the total, sele ct Eq uals . 6 To start a new calc ulation, pres s and hold Clear . Note: This calcula tor has a limited acc uracy a nd is designe d for simp le calc ulations. Currency conv ersion 1 Select Menu > Ap plicat ions > Ext ras > Ca lcul ato r . 2 T o sa ve the ex cha nge r ate, sele ct Options > E xchange rate , and eit her of the displayed options. 3 K ey i n the ex change r ate, pre ss # for a decimal point, and select OK . The exc hange rate rem ains in the memory until y ou replace it with anoth er one. 4 To perform the currenc y conversion, key in the amount to be co nverted, and select Opti ons > I n domesti c or In fo reign . Y ou can also perform th e currenc y conversion in the standby mode. Key in the am ount to be converted, and select Op tions > In dom estic or In for eign . Countdown timer Select Me nu > A ppl icati ons > Ex tras > Co untd own t imer . K e y in the tim e in h ours a nd minute s, and selec t OK . If you wish, write a note that will be displayed wh en the time expires, and select OK to star t the countdown timer . To ch ange the cou ntdown time , sele ct Change time ; to sto p t he ti mer , sel ec t Stop t imer .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 87 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Applications If the ala rm ti me is r eac he d wh en th e p ho ne is in t he s tan dby mod e , the ph on e so un ds a tone and shows the note , if available or C oun td own t ime up . Stop the alarm by pressing any key . If no k ey is p ress ed, th e alarm sto ps a utomat ically within 3 0 se conds . To stop the alarm and to dele te the note, s elect OK . Stopwatch Y ou can measure time and take split or lap time s using t he st opwatch. Du ring tim ing, the other fun ctions of the ph one can be used. To se t the stopwatch to ru n in the background, press t he End ke y . Note: Using the stopwatch or allowing it to run in the background when using other feature s increases the deman d on the battery and reduce s the battery life. T AKE SPLI T TIMES OR LAP TI MES 1 Selec t Me nu > A ppli ca ti on s > Ext ra s > St op watc h > S pl it t im ing or La p t im ing > Sta rt . Y ou can select Cont in ue if you h ave set the stopwa tch to run in th e bac kground. 2 Select Split to ta ke a sp lit time , Lap to take a la p time, or Stop to stop th e timing . Y ou can s croll through the split or lap tim es shown b elow th e overall time . 3 Select Save to sav e the la p or split times as a set of times. 4 To reset the times or to contin ue tim ing, sele ct Opti ons > Reset or Start . VIEW AND DEL ETE TIMES Select Me nu > A ppl icat ions > Extr as > Stop watc h . If the sto pwatc h has n ot been rese t, sele ct Show las t to vie w the most rece nt me asured time. Select View ti mes and a l ist of names or the final tim es of the tim e sets is shown. Select the tim e set t hat y ou wa nt to view . To dele te the saved times , select Dele te t imes . Se lec t Delete all > OK or On e b y one , scroll to the times that you want to dele te, and sele ct Del ete > OK .
88 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 18 Services Y ou can access various services with t he multimode brow ser , such as weathe r reports, n ews, flight times, financ ial information and entert ainment. Check t he availa bility of th ese services , pricing , and ta riffs with the serv ice provider y ou plan to us e. Service p roviders will al so give you instruc tions on how to us e their s ervices. With th e multim ode browser yo u can view the services that use w ireless mark-up lan guage (WML) or extensible h ypertext markup langu age (XHTML). Since the phon e display are a and the me mory c apacity are much smaller than in a co mputer , Internet c ontent is displaye d differently on the phone . Y ou may not be able to view all deta ils of the In ternet pages. The main steps for using serv ices are as follows: 1 Save the service set tings th at are required t o acc ess the service that you wan t to us e. 2 Make a con nectio n to t he sele cted s ervice. 3 Start browsing t he pages of the service. 4 When finishe d browsing , end the conne ctio n to the s ervice. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ PHONE SETUP Y ou may re ceive the se rvice set tings as a n OT A message from your s ervice prov ider that offers the service that yo u want to use. Y ou can also ke y in the settings manua lly or add and edit t he settings using PC Suite. For more information and for the appropriate s ettings, contact the service provide r that offers the service that you w ant to us e. To rece i ve the service settings over th e air , see Ã¢ÂÂ Over-the-air settings serviceÃ¢ÂÂ on page 19. K ey in the service settings 1 Select M enu > Se r vice s > Se ttin gs > Con nec tion s ettin gs > A cti ve s ervi ce set ting s . 2 Scroll to th e co nnec tion set th at you would lik e to a ctivate , and s elect Acti vate . Y ou n eed to activate th e connec tion set w h ere you wan t to save t he servi ce sett ings. A co nnection set is a co llecti on of se ttings t h at are require d to connect to a serv ice. 3 Select E dit active servi ce setting s . 4 Select each of th e settings on e by one, and k ey in all the required settings according t o the information you ha ve receive d from your servic e p rovider . Bearer -related settings are i n th e Bearer setti ngs menu.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 89 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Services Connect to a se rvice Make sure that t he service setti ngs of the s ervice tha t you w ant to use have bee n activa ted. To activate the s ettings: 1 Select M enu > Se r vice s > Se ttin gs > Con nec tion s ettin gs > A cti ve s ervi ce set ting s . 2 Scroll to th e se t you w ant t o activa te, and select Activ ate . 3 Connect to th e service using one of the following met hods: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Open the star t page of the se rvic e, such as the home pa ge of the servi ce prov ider . T o use this method, select Menu > Servic es > Home , or in the s tandby mode , pres s and hol d 0 . If the keyboard is o pen, press the corres ponding number key . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Sel ect the b ookmark of the servi ce. T o use this method, select Menu > Ser vic es > Bookmarks and a bo okmar k. I f the bookmar k does not work with the cu rrent activ e service set tings, activate another s et of service se ttings and try again. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K ey i n the add res s of the se rvic e. T o use th is m ethod, sele ct Me nu > Se rvi ces > Go to addre ss . Key in the address of the service, and select OK . It is not necess ary to add the prefi x http:// in front o f the address. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ BROW SE THE PAGES OF A SERVI CE After you have m ade a c onn ection t o the s ervice, you can start browsing its pages. The function of the ph one keys m ay vary in different services. Follow th e text gu ides on the phone display . For mo re information, contact y our service prov ider . If EG PRS is sele cted as the data bearer , the icon appears on the top left of the d isplay during brow sing. If you receive a call or a text me ssage, or make a call durin g an EG PRS connection, the icon appears on t he top righ t of the display to indicate tha t the EGPR S connec tion ha s been suspende d (on h old). After th e c all the ph one trie s to recon nect th e EGPRS co nnecti on. Use the phone keys Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Scroll up or down to browse through the page. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To se lect a highlighted ite m, press the joystick brie fly , or press the Tal k key . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o enter let ter s an d numbers, press the 0 Ã¢ÂÂ 9 keys . T o ent er spe cial c hara cters , pres s * . When the keyboard is open, you can key in letters and num bers norma lly . Options Select Options to view a list of optio ns. The service provider may also offer othe r options. Select from the follow ing selec tions: Home Ã¢ÂÂto return to the hom e page Bookmar ks Ã¢ÂÂto v ie w the list of bookmarks (See Ã¢ÂÂBookmarksÃ¢ÂÂ on page 9 1.)
90 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Down load lin ks Ã¢ÂÂto show t he list of bookmarks for downloading Add boo kmark Ã¢ÂÂto save the page as a bookmark Shor tcu ts Ã¢ÂÂt o open a new list of options th at are, for example, specific to the page Other o ption s Ã¢ÂÂ to show a list of oth er options, such as Wallet and some security options Reload Ã¢ÂÂto reload a nd update the c urrent page Quit Ã¢ÂÂto disconnect (See Ã¢ÂÂ Disconnect from a serviceÃ¢ÂÂ on page 90.) Note: If you acc ess conf idential inform ation requiring pa sswords, such as yo ur bank acco unt , empt y the cac he of yo ur pho ne aft er ea ch us e. (See Ã¢ÂÂ Cache memor yÃ¢ÂÂ on page 92.) Direct calling The mu ltimode browser supports func tions that y ou can access while browsing. Y ou can make a voice call, send DTMF tones while a voice call is in progress , and save a name and a phone n umber from a page. Disconnect from a servic e To quit browsing and to end the conne ction, select Option s > Qu it . W hen Quit br owsi ng? is sh own , se lec t Ye s . Alternative ly , press the End key twi ce. The phon e ends t he con nec tion to the se rvi ce. Appearance settings of th e multimode br owser While browsing, select Options > Other options > Appear . settings , or in th e stan dby mode, select Menu > Services , Settings > Appearance settings . Select f rom th e followi ng sett ings: T ext wrapping > On Ã¢ÂÂto make the t ext co ntin ue o n th e ne xt l ine. Se lec t Off if you wa nt it to be abbreviate d when it is too long to be shown on one line. Show image s > No Ã¢ÂÂto turn off the pictures w hile bro wsing. This can speed up the browsing of pages that c ontain a lot of pictures. Font size Ã¢ÂÂ to ch oose a font size. Select Smal l , Nor mal or Large . Aler ts > Alert for un secur e con nection > Y e s Ã¢ÂÂto set th e phone t o aler t when a secur e connection change s to an unsecure one du ring browsing. Select Alert for unsec ure item s > Ye s to set the phone t o alert when a sec ure pa ge cont ains an un secur e item . Enc oding and an option in Conten t encoding Ã¢ÂÂto c hange the encoding for the W eb page con ten t. The d efault valu e is Weste rn . Select UTF -8 URLs > On , if you want the phone to send a URL as a UTF-8 enc oding.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 9 1 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Services Cookies A cookie is data that a site saves in the brow ser ca che m emo ry of you r phone . The data c an include your user informatio n or your brow si ng p refe rence s. C ooki es a re save d un til yo u clear the cache memory . Se e Ã¢ÂÂ Cache me moryÃ¢ÂÂ on page 92 . 1 While browsing, select Opt ion s > Othe r opti ons > Secur it y > Cook ies ; or in th e standby mode, select M enu > Se rvi ces > Setti ng s > Secu ri ty set tings > Coo kie s . 2 Select Allow or Reject to allow or prevent the phone receiving cookies. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ BOOK MARKS Y ou can save addresse s as bookmarks in the phone m emory . 1 While brows ing, select Options > Bookm arks ; or in the standby mode, select Me nu > Ser vices > Bookm arks . 2 Select the de sired bookmark or press t he joystick briefly t o make a conn ection to the page a ssociated with the book m ark. 3 To manage bookmarks, se lect Options > View , Edit , Del et e , Sen d , or New bookm ark . Y our phone may be set up w ith some bookmark s for sites that are not affiliated with Nokia. Nokia does not guarantee or e ndorse the se s ites. If you ch oose to ac ces s them, yo u should take th e sa me preca utions for security and co ntent as you w ould wi th any Intern et si te. When you receive a bookmark as an OT A me ssage, select Save to add it to th e bookmark list, or select Options > View or Dis card . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ DOW NLOADS 1 To dow n load more tones, images, games, or applications to your phon e, select Menu > Ser vices > Down load links . 2 Select T one down loads , Image down loads , Game down load s or App. down load s to download ton es, image s, games, or applications, respectively . Do wnlo ad con ten t onl y fro m sou rce s you t rus t. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SERVICE INB OX The phone i s able to rece ive ser vice messa ges (pushed me ssages) f rom your servi ce provid er . T o set t he phone to recei ve ser vice me ssages, select Menu > Ser vices > Set ting s > Se rvic e inbox s ett ings > Se rvic e mes sages > On . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T o v iew a recei ved se rvice message, sele ct Vi ew . If you se lect Exi t , the me ssage i s moved t o the Serv ice in box . T o vi ew t he se rvic e m essage lat er , sel ect Menu > Ser vice s > Serv ice inbo x . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ W hi le b rowsi ng , sele ct Opti ons > Other opt ions > Servi ce inbo x . Scroll to the messag e that you want , an d select Retriev e to dow nload the marke d content from the Web page, or select Opti ons > D etails or Delete .
92 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ C ACH E ME MO RY The inform atio n or servi ces y ou ha ve acce ssed are stored in th e ca che of your phone . A cache is a buffe r memory th at stores data temporarily . T o emp ty th e ca che whi le b rows ing, sele ct Option s > Other opt ions > Cle ar the cach e . T o emp ty th e cach e in th e stand by mod e, se lect Menu > Se rvic es > Cl ear the cac he . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ BROW SER SECURITY Security features m ay be require d for some services, such as banking se rvices or shopping on a site. For su ch c onnec tions yo u ne ed s ecuri ty certificates and possibly a security module, which may be avail able on yo ur S IM card. For mor e inf ormatio n, c ontact your serv ice pr ovider . CER TIFICA TES There are three k inds of certific ates: se rver certific ates, auth ority cert ificates, and user certifica tes. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Ser ver ce rti fic ates are used to impr ov e secu rity in con necti on s bet ween the ph on e and the gateway . The phone rec eives the server ce rtificate from the service pr ovider before the connect ion is establishe d and its validity is check ed using the authority c ertificates that are saved on the phon e. Server certific ates are not sav ed. The security icon is displayed during a c onnect ion if the data trans mission betw een the pho ne and the gateway (ide ntified by the IP addr ess in the Edi t a c tive servi ce setti ngs ) is en cr ypted. However , th e security icon is not an indicat ion that t he data transm ission between t he gat eway an d the conten t se rver (p lace w here t he request ed r esourc e is sav ed) is secu re. It is u p to the service provider to secure the da ta transmis sion b etween the gate way and th e content s erver . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Autho rity certificate s are used by some services, such as bankin g, for chec king the validity of ot her certificates . Authorit y certif icates ca n be eithe r save d in the security module b y the servic e provider , or they can be downloaded from the n etwork, if the service supports the use of au thority certific ates. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ User ce rtificates are issue d to us ers by a C ertifying Authority . U ser certifi cates are require d, for example, to create a digital signature an d th ey associat e the user wi th a specifi c private key in a security module. While t he use of certificate s make s the ris ks involve d in rem ote con nections a nd soft ware installation conside rably smalle r , th ey must be used co rrectly in orde r to ben efit from inc reas ed s ecuri ty . Th e ex isten ce of a cert ific at e do es no t o ffer any p ro tec tion by its el f. T he certificate m anager mus t contain correct, authen tic, or trus ted ce rtificates for incre ased security to be a vailable. Certifica tes have a rest r i cted life time. If Expire d certi ficate or Cert ific ate no t valid yet is shown (ev en if the certificate should be valid), ch eck that the curre nt date and time in your phone are corre ct.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 93 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Services Before chan ging these settings , make sure that you really trus t the owne r of the ce rtificate and tha t the cert ificate really be longs to the liste d owner . SECURITY MO DULE The securit y module can con tain ce rtificates as we ll as private and pu blic keys. The se curity module ma y improve the security services for applications requiring browser connection, and allows you to use a digital signature. The certi ficates are saved in the security module by the service provider . Select Menu > Ser vice s > Sett ings > Se cu rity s ettin gs > Se cur ity m odule setti ng s . Select from the follow ing module settings: Sec urity m odule details Ã¢ÂÂto show the security modu le title, status, manufact urer and ser ial nu mbe r . Modu le PIN req uest Ã¢ÂÂto set the phone to ask for the module PIN when using services that are provided by th e s ecu rity module. K ey in the c od e, and select On . To disable the modu le PIN request, select Off . Change m odule PIN Ã¢ÂÂto change t he modu le PIN, if allo w ed by the security module. K ey in the curren t module PIN c ode; then key in the n ew cod e twice. Change s ignin g PIN Ã¢ÂÂto chan ge a signing PIN. Select the signing PIN that yo u want t o change. K ey in the curre nt PIN code; the n key in the new code twice. DIG ITAL SIGNAT URE Y ou can c reate di gital signatures with your pho ne. The signature ca n be traced back to you throug h the private ke y in th e se curity m odule and the us er ce rtificate th at w as used to create the signature. Using th e digital signature ma y be considered to be equal to a normal signature on any legal docum ent. To c reate a digital signature, select a link on a page, for exam ple, the title of the book you want to buy and its price. The text t hat needs to be sig ne d (possibly in cluding amount, date, etc.) w ill be show n. Che ck that the hea der t ext is Read and th at the digit al signature ic on is shown. Note: If the digital signature ic on does not a ppear , there is a security breach, and you should not ent er an y perso nal data suc h as your signing PIN. To add the digital signature to the text, read all of the text before you select Si gn . Th e te xt may not fit on a single screen . Theref ore, make sure to scroll th rough and re ad all of the text before signing. Select the user certificate that you want to use. K ey in the signing PIN, and select OK . The digita l signature icon wil l disappear , and the service may di splay a confirmatio n of your purchase.
94 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 19 SIM services In add ition to the fu nctions tha t ar e av ailable on the phone , your SIM card m ay pr ovide add itional s ervice s that you can ac cess in Menu 1 0 . Me nu 1 0 is onl y shown if it is support ed by your SIM card. The name and conte nts of the menu depend entirely on the serv ice available. Note: For avai l ability , rates, and inform ation on using SIM services, contact your SIM card vendor . To set the pho ne to show y ou th e confirm ation messages that a re sent betwe en yo ur phone and the network when y ou are using the SIM services, select Ye s Co nfir m S IM serv ice acti o ns in Phon e settin gs . Note: Y ou may be charged when you send a text me ssage (SMS) o r make a phone cal l to acce ss these serv ices.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 95 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia PC connectivity 20 PC connectivity Y ou can send and rece ive e-m ail, and access the Internet w hen your phone i s connec ted to a compatible PC using an IR or Bluetooth co nnect ion or a da ta cable. Y o u can use your phone with a variety of PC con nectivity an d data commu nications applications. With PC Suite y ou can synchroni ze contacts, ca lendar , to-do n otes, and notes betw een your phone and the compatible PC. Y ou can find more information an d downloadable files on the Nok ia W eb site : www .nokia.com /support /phon es/6820 . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ PC SUITE The Noki a PC Suite progra m is provide d free of ch arge. Afte r installing Nokia PC Suite software on your PC, tone, game, and i mage files can be downloade d from the Int ernet to you r compu ter . O nce you r pho ne is co nnec ted t o your PC usin g a data c able, these file s ca n be transferred to your phone. PC Suite program, the PC Suite Connectivity Gu ide, a data cable for connectin g your phone to your PC, and ot her items are available from www .no kia .c om/ us . T he Gu id e conta in s detailed information about PC Suite, system req uirements, Copyright protection s may prevent some im ages, ringing t ones and other c ontent from being copied, mo dified, transferred or forwarded. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ EGPRS, HS CSD AND CS D Y ou can use EGPRS, GP RS, HSC SD, and CSD data services . For availability and subscriptio n to data s ervices , cont act your s ervice prov ider . Th e use of HS CSD se rvic e consu mes th e batt ery mor e qui ckly th an norm al voic e or da ta calls. Y o u may ne ed to conne ct the phone to a c harger for the dura tion of data transfer . For more information, see Ã¢ÂÂ Modem settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 66. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ D ATA COMMUNICATIONS APPLICATIONS For information on using a data communica tions application, refer to the documentati on provided with it. Note: Making or answering phone calls during a computer con nection is not recomm ended as it migh t disrupt the operation. For a be tter performance during data calls, plac e the ph one on a stationary surface w ith the keypad facing downward . Do not move the phone or hold it in your hand during a data call.
96 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 2 1 Enhancements This sec tion prov ides i nform at ion ab out t he b atte ries, c ha rger s, and acc essories for your p hone. Be aware that the informa tion in this section is subjec t t o change as th e batteries , cha rgers, and accessori es change. Warning: Use only batteries, chargers and ac cessories approved by the phon e manufacture r for use with th is particular phon e model. The use of any other types may inv alidate any approval or w arranty applying to th e phone, and may be dangerous. For availability of approved access o ries, please check with your d ealer . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SAFETY Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K eep all enhancem ents out of the reach of small ch ildren. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ When you disconne ct the power cord of any enhancemen t, grasp and pull the plug, not the c ord. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Chec k regularly that any ve hicle-in stalled enha nce ments a re moun ted and are operating properly . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ In stalla ti on of any comp lex ca r enhan ceme nts m ust be m ade by qu alifi ed perso nne l only . Check the mode l number of any charger before use w i th this de vice. Thi s device is intende d for use when supplied w ith powe r from ACP-7, AC P-8, ACP-9, ACP- 12, LCH- 8, LCH-9, LC H-12, a nd AC-1. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ EN HANCEMENTS FOR YO UR PHONE For detaile d information on a ccessorie s and enha ncements , contact y our auth orized Nokia dealer or visit the Nok ia W eb site at w ww .n okia.com/us . Audio Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Wi reles s Headset (HD W-2) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Wireless C lip-on Heads et (HS-3W ) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Wireless Boom Headset (HS-4W) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Boom Headset (HD B-4) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Headset (HS-5) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Retractabl e Headset (HS-1 0) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Phone Adapt er (HDA-1 0) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Inductive Loopset (LPS-4) Car Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Wi reles s Car Kit (CAR K-1 12 ) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Wi reles s Car Kit (CK- 1W) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Car Installa tion Kit (CARK-126 ) Imaging Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Nokia Observation Camera Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Ima ge Frames (SU -4/7) Ã¢ÂÂ¢I m a g e V i e w e r ( S U - 2 ) Messaging Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Digita l P en Dat a Ã¢ÂÂ¢ D at a Ca ble (D KU- 5 ) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Desktop Stand (DCV-14) Po w e r Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Batte ry , 850 mAh, Li- ion (BL- 5C) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Retract able Charger (AC-1) Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Travel Charger (ACP -12)
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 97 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Tips and hints 22 Tips an d hints These tips and hint s explain h ow to t ransfer data f rom your previous phone to your new phone. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T RANSFERRING DATA FROM THE PREVI OUS PHONE If y our old pho ne has no PC Sui te su pport, the only way t o trans fer dat a is by using the SIM car d. 1 Tra nsfer all t he contact i nformation (names and phone numbers) in the old phone to the SIM card. For more information, refer to the use r guide of the old phone . 2 Remo ve the SIM card a nd insta ll it in y our Nokia 6820i p hone. 3 Select Menu > Contacts > Cop y > From SIM card to ph one > All to copy the conta cts to the new phone. If your old phone has PC Suite support, you may be able to sync hronize phone book and calendar data usin g the Nokia PC Sync feature of PC Suite . If you n o longer h ave the old ph one, but y ou have synchronized it to a co mpatible PC at some stage, you may st ill be able to m ove th e ph onebook and calendar data to you r new phone. Note t hat only the data that wa s sav e d in the old phone w hen you last synch ronized it with the PC can be moved to your 68 20i ph one. For more inform ation, refer to the PC Suite doc umentation. 1 Install t he PC Suite version delivered w i th your 6820i ph one or download from the Nokia website. Note: Y ou have to uninstall th e PC Suite v ersion for the old phone be fore you can insta ll th e new v ersion. 2 Start Nokia PC Sync. 3 If you still have t he old phone, connect it to the PC and sync hronize the data from th e phone to the PC. 4 Conne ct your n ew phon e to the PC and c reate the need ed configura tions that th e Nokia PC Sync asks you to do. 5 Start synchronization to move the old phon eÃ¢ÂÂs phonebook and calen dar data from the PC to the phone . If your old phone has PC Suite support, you ma y be able to transfer data using the Nokia Content Copier fe ature of PC Suite . Y ou can copy data directly from the old phone to the new phon e. T o be able to do this, you must insta ll Nokia PC Suite 5.8 or newer to your PC and t ransfer contents from your old phone before you give it up. Note that the ba ckups made with older PC Suite versions are not compa tible with Nok ia PC Suite 5.8. Also note th at only the data that was saved in the old phone when you last transferred c ontents to the PC can be transferred. For more information, refe r to the PC Suite docum entation.
98 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 1 Install t he PC Suite version delivered w i th your 6820i ph one or download from the Nokia website. Note: Y ou have to uninstall th e PC Suite v ersion for the old phone be fore you can insta ll th e new v ersion. 2 Start Nokia Content Copier . 3 Connect the old phone to t he PC. T o copy the da ta from th e phone to the PC, selec t T ransfer contents from th e phone to the P C . 4 Connect your new p hone to the PC. Copy the o ld phone d ata from the PC to the phone . Select T rans fer conten ts fro m the P C to the p hone . With Nokia Content Copier , you can transfer all stored da t a from the follow ing Nokia phone m odels: 3 100, 320 0, 5 1 00, 6 1 00, 6 220 , 6230, 63 1 0i, 65 1 0, 66 1 0, 66 50, 6 800 , 68 1 0, 72 00, 72 1 0, 7 250, 7250 i, 7600 , 83 1 0, 891 0, a nd 89 1 0i. With N okia Co ntent Copier , you can tra nsfe r Contacts and item s in the Calendar from the following Nokia phone mode ls: 62 1 0, 6250 , and 7 1 1 0. With N okia Co ntent Copie r , you can tra nsfer only Con tacts f ro m the following Nokia phone models: 521 0, 82 1 0, and 8850. Note: Y ou can not b ack up the e -mail settin gs of the ph one and t hus cannot transfer them from your old phone. Y ou c annot transfer MMS me ssages from your old ph one. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ RETURNIN G TO THE STA NDBY MODE Press t he End key once to return to t he st and by mod e from a nyw here in the m enu. If you are in an appl ication, pres s the End key t wice t o clo se the ap plic ation , then press the End key ag ain to re turn to t he st andby mode . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ USING THE PHO NE IN THE STANDBY MODE Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Scroll left to start w riting a message. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Scroll right t o vie w the c urrent Calendar m onth. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Scroll down to ac cess th e list of co ntacts . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Scroll up to activ ate the ca mera. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Pr ess th e Ta l k key to acce ss th e list of up to 20 last num bers you have called. Select the number you require, and pre ss the Tal k key again to make a call. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Pre ss 0 to open a co nnection to a browse r service (n etwork servic e). Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Pre ss and hold 1 to call your voice m ailbox (network servic e). Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Note that the speed dialin g func tion must be set on. Sele ct Menu > Setti ngs > More s etti ngs > C all se tt ings > S peed di allin g . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K ey in th e phone number , and press Save t o sa ve a new cont ac t. T hen ke y in th e na me , and press O K > Do ne .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 99 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Tips and hints Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To c hange the profile, press the Po w e r button, scroll to the profile that you wa nt to acti vate, and press Selec t . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ THE SECURITY KEYGUARD The s ecurity keygu ard lock s the keyp ad of the p hone wit h a sec urity cod e. Se e Ã¢ÂÂ Se curity codeÃ¢ÂÂ on page 69 . The keypad lock remain s active, if y ou open the flip. Select Menu > Setti ngs > More setting s > Phone sett ings > Secur ity keyguar d . Enter the security code. To set the s ecurity ke ygua rd, selec t On . To activate the s ecurity ke yguard when the ph one is clos ed , press Men u > * wit hin 1.5 sec onds. To deactivate the keyguard when the flip is open, press Unlock > OK , an d ke y in the security code. If the phone is close d, p r es s Unlo ck > * wi thi n 1 .5 seco nds, an d ke y in the sec urity code. If yo u recei ve a Blueto oth conn ectio n reque st from a nother d evice whi le the secu rity keyguard is a ctiv ated, yo u have to d eactiva te t he keygua rd bef ore yo u ca n accept the connec tion. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K EYBOARD LIGHTS When the keypad is locked, press the Po w e r key to tu rn on the keyp ad and dis play l ights. When the phone is open, press the keyboard light key ( ) to tu rn on and off the keyboa rd lights . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ THE E-MAIL APPLICATION To use the e-mail a pplication, you hav e to co nfigure th e e-ma il and c onnectio n set tings. For more informat ion, see Ã¢ÂÂE -mail settingsÃ¢ÂÂ on page 38. T o set up the e-mail s ervice with your networ k operator , re fer to w ww .nokia.com/phonesettings . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ SETTING UP A BLUETOOTH CONNECTION 1 Select Menu > Set ting s > Co nn ectiv ity > B lue toot h . 2 To activate the B luetooth connec tion, se lect Bluetooth > On . 3 Select Se arch for au dio enh ancements to search for compat i ble d e vices and the device that you w ant to connec t to the phone. 4 Enter the passcode of th e selected device. Ã¢ÂÂ¢W R I T I N G T E X T Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To se t the predictiv e text input on or o ff, press # t wice, or pres s and hold Options . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To insert a sp ecial ch aracter wh en us ing traditiona l text in put, pre ss *, or w hen using predictive text in put, press and hold * . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Scrol l to a charac ter , and press Use . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To c h a n ge the font size of the SMS messages, select Men u > M essa ges > Messag e sett ings > Other sett in gs > Fo n t s ize .
1 00 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ VIEWING CONTACTS To view a con tact name w ith the default nu mber , pres s and hold # at th e name while scrolling throug h Contacts . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ VIEWING THE CALENDAR AND C ALENDAR NOTE S To quickly view the current c alendar month , scroll to the right in the st andby mode. To view cale ndar n otes, s croll to the right. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CUSTOMIZING PERSONAL SHORTCUTS Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Select Go to > Options > Select options to select the functions you want as shortcuts. Ã¢ÂÂ¢S e l e c t Go t o > Or gan ize to rearrang e t he func tions wi thin th e short cut lis t. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ THE CAMERA Ã¢ÂÂ¢ To activate the cam era, scroll u p. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ While in th e viewfinder m ode, to change the camera mode, select Options > Change mo de , then sel ect Standard ph oto , P ort rai t phot o , Nig ht mo de , or Video . For more information on the cam era functionality , see Ã¢ÂÂC ameraÃ¢ÂÂ on page 73. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ THE CALCULATOR When using t he ca lculator with t he flip closed, pre ss * on ce to add, twice t o subtract, three times to m ultiply , or fou r tim es to divide .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 1 0 1 C opyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Re fere nc e In for mati on 23 Reference Information Ã¢ÂÂ¢ BATTERY INFORMATION Charging and dischar gi ng Y our device is pow ered by a rechargeable battery . The full performance of a new battery is achieved on ly after two or three co mplete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged a nd discha rged hundre ds of times but it w ill eventu ally we ar out. W hen th e talk and standby ti m es are n oticeably shorter tha n norm al, buy a new batter y . Use only Nokia approved batteries, and rec h arge your battery only with Nokia approved charge rs designated for this devic e. Unplug t he charger from the electrical plug and the de vice when n ot in use. D o not leave the batte ry conne cted to a ch arger . Overc harging m ay shorte n its lifetime . If left unused, a ful ly cha rged b atter y will l ose it s char ge over time. T emperat ure ex tremes c an af fect th e ability of your ba ttery t o char ge. Use the batte ry only for its int ended purpose. Ne ver use any charger or battery that is dam aged. Do not s hort-circu it the bat tery . Acc idental short-c ircuiting c an oc cur wh en a me tallic object such as a coin, clip, or pen causes dire ct connec tion of the positive ( ) and negative (-) terminals of the batte ry . (These look like m e tal strips on the battery .) This might happe n, for example, w hen you carry a spare b attery in your pocket or purse. Sh ort-circuiting th e terminals may da mage the battery or th e conn ecting obj ect. Leaving th e battery in hot or cold pla ces, such as in a closed car in s ummer or winter c onditions, will reduce the capacity and lifet i m e of the battery . Alwa ys try to keep the ba ttery between 59ÃÂ° F and 77ÃÂ°F (15ÃÂ°C and 25ÃÂ°C). A device with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily , even when the battery is fully charge d. Battery perform ance is partic ularly limited in temperature s well be low freezing. Do not dispose o f batteries in a fire! D ispose of batteries accordin g to local re gulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste . Ã¢ÂÂ¢ ENHANCE M ENTS , BATTERIES , AND CHARGERS Check the model nu mber of any charger before us e w ith this devic e. This device is intended for use when supplie d with power from ACP-12 travel charger . Warning: Use only batteries, chargers, and e nhancements approve d by Nokia for use with th is particular mode l. The use of any other ty pes may invalidate any approval or warranty , and may be dangerous. For av ailability of approved e nhancem ents, p lease che ck wi th your de aler . When you disconnect th e power cord of any enhancem ent, grasp and pull the plug, not th e cord. Y our device and its e nhancements may contain small part s. K eep them out of reac h of small ch ildren.
1 02 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nok ia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ CARE AND MAINTENANCE Y our device is a product of superior de sign and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. T he suggestions below will h elp you protect your w arranty coverage a nd enjoy you r device for m any years. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ K eep the device dry . Prec ipitation, humidity , and all types of liquids or m oisture can conta in minerals t hat will c orrode ele ctronic circu its. If your device does get wet, remove th e battery and allow th e device to dry completely before replacing it. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Do not use or store the device in dusty , dirty areas. Its mov ing parts and e lectronic components can be damaged. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Do no t store the device in hot a reas. High tempe ratures can sh orten the life of electronic devices, damage batteries, and warp o r melt certain plastics. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Do no t store the device in cold a reas. Wh en the devic e returns to its n ormal temper ature, moisture can form inside the device and damage e lectronic circuit boards. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Do no t attempt to open the device other than as in structed in thi s guide. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Do not drop, k nock, or shake the de vice. Rough handling c an break int ernal circuit boards and fine m echanics. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Do not us e harsh c hemic als, clea ning solvent s , or strong de tergen ts to clean th e devic e. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Do not paint the device. P aint can clog the movin g parts and prevent proper operation. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Use a soft, clea n, dry cloth to cle an any lenses (such as camera , proxim ity se nsor , and light sensor lenses ). Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Use only the supplie d or an approved re plac ement ante nna. Unauthoriz ed antennas, modifications, or attach ments could dam age the device and m ay violate regulations governing radio devices. All of the above suggestions apply equally to your device, battery , charger , or any enhancement. If any dev ice is not w orking prope rly , ta ke it to the near est authorize d service fac ility for servic e. Ã¢ÂÂ¢ ADDITIONAL SAFETY INFORMAT ION Operating environment Rememb er to fo llow any s pecial regula tions in force in an y area a nd alw ays s witch off your device w hen its u se is proh ibited or w hen it may ca use inte rference o r danger . Use the device only in its normal operating position s . T o maintain complia nce with radio frequen cy exposure guidelines only use accessories approved by Nokia for us e w ith this device. W hen the devic e is on and bein g worn on the body , always use an approved carrying case.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 1 03 C opyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Re fere nc e In for mati on Medical devic es Ope ra tion of any r adi o tr ansm itti ng e qui pment, in clud ing w ir ele ss ph one s, m ay i nterf er e wi th the fun ctionality of inade quately protec ted medical devic es. Consult a physician or th e manu facturer of t he medical de vice to determine if the y are ad equately s hielded from exte rnal R F en erg y or if yo u ha ve an y que sti ons. Sw itch off your phone in health c are facilities when any regulations posted in these are as instruct you to do so. Hos pitals or health ca re facilities m ay be using equipm ent that could be sensitiv e to external R F energy . PACEM AK ERS P a cemaker manu facture rs recommen d that a minimum separa tion of 6 inc hes (15.3 cm ) be maintained bet ween a wireless phone and a pace maker to avoid potential in terfere nce with the pace mak er . Th ese recomm end ations ar e consis tent w ith the indepe ndent res earch by and recomme ndations of Wireless Te chnol ogy Re se arc h. T o mi ni miz e th e po ten t ial for interferenc e, persons wit h pacemakers s hould Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Always k eep the device m ore than 6 inche s (15.3 cm) from the ir pacemake r when the device is switche d on Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Not carry th e device in a breast pocket Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Hold the de vice to th e ear opposite th e pacemaker If you h ave any re ason to suspect that interferenc e is t aking place, s witch off your device im mediately . HE ARI N G AID Some digital wireless devices m ay interfere with some hearing aids. If interference occu rs, con sult you r service provide r . Ve h i c l e s RF signals may af f ect improperly i nst alled o r i nadeq uately shielded electroni c syst ems in motor v ehicl es such as electronic fuel inj ection systems, el ectronic antiskid (antilo ck) braki ng systems, electronic speed control systems, air bag systems. For more in f or mat ion, ch eck with the manufact urer or its representati ve of your vehicle or any equipm ent that has been a dd ed. Only qua lified personnel s hould servic e the device, or in stall the devic e in a vehicle . F ault y installation or se rvice may be dange ro us an d ma y in vali dat e any war ran ty t hat m ay app ly to the de vice. Che ck regula rly t hat all wirele ss devic e equipme nt in your vehicle is moun ted and operating properly . Do not store or c arry fl ammable liquids, gas es, or explosive materials in the s ame compa rtme nt as the d evi ce, i ts pa rts, o r en hanc eme nts. For ve hi cles equ ippe d with an air bag, remember that an air bags inflate with gre at force. Do not place objec ts, including installe d or portab le wirele ss equipm ent in th e area ov er the a ir bag or in th e air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipm ent is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious inj ury could result.
1 04 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia P otentially explosive environments Switch off your device whe n in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and i nstruct ions. P otentia lly explos ive atm ospheres in clude areas w here you wo uld normally be ad vised to turn o ff your vehicl e engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodi ly injury or ev en death. Switch off the device at refuelling point s such as near gas pu mps at serv i ce statio ns. Observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depot s, s torage, and distributi on areas, chemical plants or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a p otentially explosive atmosphe re are often but not alw ays cle arl y mar ked . The y incl ud e belo w de ck on boat s, ch emi cal tr ansf er or sto rage facilities , vehicle s using l iquefied petrole um gas (such as propane or bu tane), and areas wher e the air cont ains che mic als o r partic le s such as grain, dust or metal pow ders. FCC re gulations proh ibit using you r wirele ss device while in the a ir . The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless tele phone netw ork, and may be illegal. Failure t o observe these instruc tions may lead to su spension or de n ia l of telepho ne se rvice s to the offen der , legal action, or both . EMERGENC Y CALLS Impor tant : Wire less phon es, inclu ding thi s phone, op erate u sing rad io signa ls, wire less networ ks, land lin e network s, and u ser-p rogra mmed fu nctio ns. B ecause of this , con nec tion s in all c ond itio ns ca nno t be gua rant eed . Y ou sh ould n ever rely so lel y on any wir ele ss phone for essential communications li ke medical emergencies. To mak e an emer genc y c all: 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on . Check for adequate signal strength . Some networks may require that a v alid SIM card is properly inserted in the ph one. 2 Press End k ey as many times as needed to cl ear the displa y and ready the phone for cal ls. 3 K ey i n the of ficial emerge ncy nu mber for you r presen t lo catio n. Emerg ency n umbers vary by location. 4 Press t he Ta lk key . If certain feat ures are in use, you may first n e ed to t urn those feature s off before you can make a n em ergenc y call . Consul t this g uide or yo ur service provi der . Whe n making an emergenc y ca ll, give a ll the nec essary inform ation as accura tely as pos sible. Y ou r wirele ss phone m ay be the o nly means of com munication at th e scene of an acc ident. Do not e nd the call until given permission to do so.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 1 05 C opyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Re fere nc e In for mati on CERTIFIC A TIO N INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOVERNMENT' S REQUI REMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO W A VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver . It is designed and manufacture d not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by th e Federal Com mun icat ions Com mis sion o f t he U. S. Gov ernme nt. The se lim its are part of co mp reh ensive guidelines and establish permitte d levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standar ds that we re deve loped by indepe ndent scient ific organ izati ons throu gh periodic and thorough evaluati on of scientific studie s. The stan dards in clude a su bstanti al safety margin designed to assure the s afety of all persons, regardles s of age and health. The exposure standard for wirele ss mobile ph ones employs a u nit of measurement kn own as the Spe cific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Th e SA R limit set by the F CC is 1.6W /kg.* Te sts for SAR are conducted using standard operating pos itions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitt ing at its highes t certified powe r level in al l tested frequen cy bands. Althou gh the SAR is determine d at the highest certifie d power level, th e actual S AR level of the phone while o perating can be well below the m aximum value. Th is is because the phone is designed to ope ra te at mult iple pow er lev els s o as t o use only the pow er requ ired to re ach t he ne twor k. In gener al, the cl oser you are to a wireless base st a ti on antenna, the l ower the power output . Bef ore a ph one model is a vail ab le f or sa le t o the publ ic , it must be te sted and c ert if ied t o t he FCC t hat it d oes not exceed the limit establish ed by the government-adopted require ment for safe exposure. The tests are perform ed in position s and locations (for e xample, at the ear and worn o n the body) as required by th e FCC for each m odel. The high est SAR value for the Nokia 6820a m odel phone as reporte d to the FCC when tested for use at t he ear is 0 .66 W/k g, and when wor n on the body , as described in this u ser guide, is 1.20 W/kg. The highe st SAR va lue for the No kia 682 0b model phone as reported to th e FCC whe n t ested for use at the e ar is 0.78 W/ kg, and w hen worn on the body , as described in this user guide , is 0.87 W /kg. (Body -w orn me asurements differ among phone m odels, depending upo n available enhancem ents and FCC requireme nts). While there m ay be differen ces betw een the SA R levels of v a ri ous ph ones and at various positions, they all meet the governm ent requ ir ement . The FC C has gra nted an Equipmen t Authorization for this mode l phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in comp liance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR inform ation on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://w ww .f cc.gov/oet/fccid after s earching on FCC ID P Y ANHL-9 for the Nokia 6820 a model and FCC ID PYARH-26 for the No kia 682 0b model.
1 06 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia For body worn operatio n, this phone has been te st ed and me ets th e FCC RF ex posu r e gui de line s for use with a carry c ase, belt clip, or holder that con tains no me tal and that positions th e handset a min imum of 5/8-inc h (1.5 cm) from t he body . U se of other carry cases, belt clips, or holders may not e nsure com plianc e with F CC RF exposure guidelines. If you do n ot use a body-worn access ory and are not holdin g the phone at the ear , position the han dset a minimum of 5/8-inch (1.5 cm) from y our body w hen the p hone is switched on . *In the Unit ed Stat es and Cana da, the S AR limit for mobile phones used by the publ ic is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gr am of tissu e. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give addition al protection for the public and to account for any variat ions in measure ments. SAR values ma y vary depending o n national re porting requirements and the ne twork band. For SAR information in ot her regions plea se look under product inform ation at www .nokia.com .
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 10 7 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Re fere nc e In for mati on Ã¢ÂÂ¢ T ECHNICAL INFORMATION We igh t 3.5 oz (1 00 g) with B L-5C 850Ã¢ÂÂmAh semi-fixed Li-Ion Batt ery Siz e V o lum e: 4. 8 cub i c in ch es (7 9 cc) Length: 4.2 in (1 06.1 mm closed) Width: 1.8 in (46.1 mm) at hinges, 1.5 in (3 8 mm) at bottom Thickness: .8 in (2 1.6 m m) at top, .7 in (17 mm at bot tom) Freq uency ran ge 6820a GSM900 880.2Ã¢ÂÂ9 14.8 MHz (T X) 925.2Ã¢ÂÂ959.8 MHz (RX) GSM1800 17 10.2Ã¢ÂÂ1784.8 MHz (TX) 1805.2Ã¢ÂÂ1879.8 MH z (RX) GSM1900 1850.2Ã¢ÂÂ1909.8 MH z (TX) 1930.2Ã¢ÂÂ1989.8 MH z (RX) 6820b GSM850 824.2Ã¢ÂÂ848.8 MH z (TX) 869.2Ã¢ÂÂ893.8 MH z (RX) GSM180 0 17 10.2Ã¢ÂÂ1784.8 MHz (TX) 1805.2 Ã¢ÂÂ1879.8 MHz (RX) GSM190 0 1850.2Ã¢ÂÂ1909.8 M Hz (TX) 1930.2Ã¢ÂÂ1989.8 M Hz (RX) Tr a n s m i t t e r outp ut pow er Up to 2 W Batter y voltage 3.7 V Operating tem pe ra tu re 14ÃÂ°F to 1 3 1ÃÂ°F (-10ÃÂ° C to 55ÃÂ°C) a Talk time, sta ndb y ti me Ta l k time: up to 7 hours Stand-by time: up to 1 0 days a. Bat tery talk and s tandby times are e stim a t es only and depend on signal s trength, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition ( including the effect of charging habits), temperatures to which battery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many other factors. Please note that the am ount of time a phone is used for calls will affect its standby time. Like wise, the amoun t of time that the phone is turned on and in the standby mode will affect its talk time.
1 08 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Nokia ONE-YEAR LIMITED WARRA NTY Nokia Inc. (Ã¢ÂÂNok iaÃ¢ÂÂ) warrants that th is cellular ph one (Ã¢ÂÂProduc tÃ¢ÂÂ) is free fro m defects in material and workmanship that re sult in Product failure during n ormal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The lim ited warra nt y fo r th e Prod uct ex tends for O NE (1) year begi nnin g o n t he da te of the purchase of the Product. Thi s one year period is extended by each whole day t hat the Produ ct is out of your p ossession for repair unde r this warranty . 2 The limited warranty extends only to the original purchaser (Ã¢ÂÂCo nsumerÃ¢ÂÂ) o f t he P ro d u ct and is not assignable or transferable to any subsequent pu rchaser/end-user . 3 The lim ited warranty ext ends only to Consumers w ho purchase the Produc t in the United States of America. 4 Duri ng the li mited warranty peri od, Nokia w ill repai r , or re place , at NokiaÃ¢ÂÂs sole opti on, any defect ive parts, or any part s that will not prop erly operate f or their i ntended u se with new or r efurbished r eplacement it ems if such rep air or rep lacement is need ed because of prod uc t malfu nct ion or failu re du ring nor mal us ag e. No ch arg e wi ll be m ade to the Consum er for an y such par ts. Noki a will al so pay for th e labor ch arges in curred by N okia in re pairi ng or r eplac ing the de fecti ve part s. The limit ed war ranty doe s no t cove r def ects in appe arance, cosm etic, decorati ve or stru ctural items, i ncluding fr aming, an d any non- ope rative p arts. NokiaÃ¢ÂÂ s li mit of l iabi lity un der the limi te d warranty shall b e the actua l cash value of the Product at the time the Cons umer returns the Product for rep air , determined by t he price paid b y the Co nsumer f o r t he Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shal l n o t be liable for any other losses or dam ages. These remedies are the ConsumerÃ¢ÂÂ s excl usive remedies for breach of warranty . 5 Upon request from Nokia, the Consumer must prove the date of the original purc hase of the Pro duct by a dated b ill of sale or dated itemize d rece ipt. 6 The Con sumer shall bear the cost of shi pping the Product to Nokia in Melbou rne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shippi ng the Product back to the Cons umer afte r the c ompletion o f service under th is limited warranty . 7 The Cons umer sha ll have no coverage or be nefits under this limited warranty if any of the follow ing condi tions are applicable: a) The Produ ct has been subjected t o abnormal use, abnorm al conditions, improper storage , exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorize d repair , misuse , n egl ec t , ab use , acc id ent , a lt er ati on , improper in stallation, or other acts which are not th e fault of No kia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The P roduct has b een damaged from ext ernal causes suc h as collis ion with an obj ect, or from fire, flood ing, sand, dirt, winds tor m, lightning, ea rthquake or da mage from exposu re to we ather c ond ition s, an A ct of God, or bat tery le akage, the ft, bl own fu se, or imp rope r u se of any elec tric al source , damage c aused by compu ter or Inte rnet viruse s, bugs, wor ms, T r ojan Ho rses, c ancelb ots or d amage caused by the connec tion to other pr oduct s not reco mme nded fo r i nte rconne ctio n by Nok ia.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 1 09 C opyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Re fere nc e In for mati on c) Nokia was n o t advised in writing by the Consumer o f the alleged de fect or malf un ction of the Pro duct within fourteen (14) days after the e xpiration of the applicable limited wa rranty pe riod. d) The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been remo ve d , defaced or altered. e) The defect or damage was cau sed by the de fective funct ion of the cellu lar system or by inade quate signal reception by th e external antenn a, or viruses or othe r software problems int roduced into th e Product . 8 Nokia does n ot warrant un interrup ted or error-free oper ation of the Produ ct. If a p roblem develo ps during t he limited warranty peri od, the Con sumer shall t a k e the follo wing step-b y-step procedur e: a) The Consum er shall return th e Product to t he place of purchase for repair or replacement proces si n g. b) If Ã¢ÂÂ aÃ¢ÂÂ is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 m iles) or fo r other good cause , the C onsume r shall s hip th e Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 West Na sa B lv d. Melb ourne, FL 3 290 1 c) The Consum er shall include a return addr es s, daytime phone numbe r and/or fax number , complete description of the probl em, proof of purchase an d service agreement (if applicable). Expenses related to remov ing the Produc t from an installation are n ot co vered unde r this l imited w arranty . d) The Cons umer will b e billed fo r any parts or labor ch arges n ot covered by this limited w arranty . The Consum er will be responsible for any ex penses re lated to reinstallation of the Produc t. e) Nokia will repa ir the Product und er the limite d wa rranty wi thin 30 days a fter receipt of the Product. If Nok ia cannot perform re pairs covered unde r t his limited warrant y withi n 30 da ys, or af ter a re asonable n umber of at tem pts to repa ir the same defect, Nokia at its option, w ill provide a replaceme nt Product or refun d the purchase price of the Produc t less a reasonable amount for usage. In some state s the Consum er may have the right to a loaner if the re pair of the Produc t takes more th an ten ( 1 0) days . Pleas e cont act the Cust omer Serv ice Cen ter at N okia at the teleph one num ber listed at the end of th is warranty if you n eed a loaner and the repair of the Product has taken or is es timated to ta ke mo re than te n (1 0 ) days. f) If the Product is returne d during the limit ed warranty period, but t he problem wit h the Product is not cove red under the terms and condition s of this limited warranty , the Consu mer will be notifie d and given a n estimate of the cha rges the Cons umer must pay to have th e Product rep aired, with a ll ship ping char ges bi lled to the Co nsumer . If the esti mat e is refus ed, the Pro duct wil l be returned f reight co llect. I f the Produ ct is ret ur ned a fter the exp ira tion of the limi ted wa rrant y per io d, Nok iaÃ¢ÂÂs norm al ser vice po l ic ie s s h a ll apply a nd the Con sumer will be responsible for all shipping charges.
1 10 C opyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia 9 Y ou (the Consum er) un derstand that t he produc t may consist o f r ef u r bi sh e d eq u i pm e n t that contains used components, some of which have been reprocessed. The used compone nts com ply with Product performa nce and reliability specifica tions. 10 ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY , O R FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHAL L BE LIMITED T O THE DURATION O F THE FORE GOING LIMITED WRIT TEN WARR ANTY . OT HERWISE, T HE FOREGOING L IMITE D WARRANTY IS THE CONSUME RÃ¢ÂÂS SOLE AND EXCLU S IV E R EMED Y AND IS IN LIE U OF ALL OT HER WA RRANTIES, EXP RES S OR IM PLI ED. NOKIA SH ALL NO T BE L IA BLE FO R SP ECIA L, I NCI DENT AL , PU NITI VE OR CONSEQUE NTIAL DA MAGES, INCLUDIN G BUT NOT L IMITED T O LOSS OF ANT ICIPA TED BEN EFITS O R PROFI TS, LOSS OF SA VINGS O R RE VENUE, L OSS OF DAT A, PUNIT IVE DAMA GES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSO CIA TED EQUIPMENT , COST O F CAPIT AL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITU TE EQUIPMENT OR FA CILITIES, DOWNTI ME, THE CLAIMS OF ANY THIRD P ARTIES, INCLUDING CUSTOMERS, AND INJURY TO PROPERTY , RESULTI NG FRO M THE PU RCHASE O R USE O F THE PRO DUCT OR A RISI NG FR OM BREA CH OF THE W ARRANTY , BREACH O F CONTRACT , NEGLI GENCE, STRICT TO RT , OR ANY OT HER LEGAL OR EQUIT ABLE THEORY , EVE N IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELI HOOD OF SUC H DAMAG ES. NOKIA S HALL NO T BE LIABLE FO R DELA Y IN R ENDERING SERV ICE UNDER THE LIMITED WA R RANTY , OR LOSS OF USE DURING THE PERIOD TH A T THE PROD UCT IS BEING REPAIRED. 11 Some states do no t allow limitation of how lo ng an i mplied warra nty las ts, so the one year warranty lim itation may not apply to you (the Consume r). Some states do not allow the exc lusion or limita tion of in cidental an d con sequential damages, so certa in of the abov e limitation s or excl usions ma y not apply to you (the Con sumer). This limite d warrant y gives th e Con sumer s pecific lega l rights and the Consume r may also have other righ ts which vary fro m state to state . 12 Nokia nei ther assumes nor authori zes any auth orized service center or any other person or entity to assum e for it any o ther obligation or liability beyo nd that which is express ly provided for in this limited wa rranty inc luding the provider or seller of any extende d warranty or service agree ment. 13 Th is is t he en tire warran ty bet ween Nokia and the C ons umer , and s u p e r s e d es al l p ri o r and contempor an eous agreeme nts or und ersta ndings , or a l o r w r it t en , re l at in g t o t h e Product, and no re presentation, promise or con dition not c ontained herein shall modify thes e terms. 14 This lim ited wa rranty al locates the risk of fa ilure of the Product between the Con sumer and Nokia. The allocation is recognized by the Consum er and is reflected in th e purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced wit hin eighteen ( 18) months following p urchase of the Product.
Nok ia 6820i Us er Gu ide 1 1 1 C opyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia Re fere nc e In for mati on 16 Question s concerning this limited warra nty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Se rvice 7725 Woodland Ce nter Blvd., Ste. 150 Tam pa , F L 33 614 Te le phone: 1-88 8-NOKI A-2U (1-888 -665-42 28) Facsimile: ( 8 13) (8 13) 249-96 1 9 TTY/TDD User s Only: 1 -800-24- NOK IA (1-800-2 46-6 542) 17 The lim ited warra nty period for No kia s upplied attac hments and acces sories is specifically defined with in their own warranty cards and pack aging.
1 12 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 Nokia NO TES
11 3 Appendix A Message from the C TIA Appendix A Message from the CT IA (Cellular T e lecommunications & Internet Association) to a ll users of mobile phones ÃÂ© 2001 Cellular T elecommunicatio ns & Inter net Associatio n. All Rights R eserv ed .1250 C onnecticut A v enue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (2 02) 785-0081
11 4 Saf ety is the mo st import ant call you will e v er make . A G uid e to Sa fe a nd R es pon sib le Wir ele ss Pho n e Us e T ens of millions of pe ople in t he U . S . toda y tak e ad v an ta g e of t he uni que co mbination of conv enienc e, safety and v alue de li v e r ed by th e wir eless t eleph one. Qu ite simpl y , the wir el ess phone gi v e s people the po w erful ability to co mmunicate by v oice- -almost anyw her e, anyti me--w ith t he bo ss, with a c lien t, with t he ki ds, with e mergen cy pe rsonnel o r ev e n with the po lice. Each y ear , A mericans m ak e billion s of calls f r om their w ire le ss phone s , and the n umbers are r apidly gr o w ing. But an imp or tant r e sponsibility acc ompanies th ose ben ef its, one that e v er y wir eless p hone user must upho ld. When driving a car , driving is y o ur f irst responsibility . A wireless phon e can be an in v aluab le tool, bu t good judgm ent must be e xer cised at all time s w hile driving a motor v ehicle-- w heth er on t he phon e o r not. T he basic lesson s ar e ones w e all learn ed as teena g ers . Dri ving r equires alertness, caution and c our tesy . It re q uires a h ea v y do se of basic co mmon sen se- --k eep y our head up , k eep y o ur ey e s on the r oad , c heck y ou r mirrors fr eque ntly and w a tch out f or othe r driv ers . It re q uires obeying all tr aff ic signs and signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It m eans using seatbelts and r equiring other passen gers to do t he same. But with wireless phone use, driving safely means a little more. This br oc h ur e is a call to wir eless phone users ev er yw her e to mak e safety the ir f irst prio rity w he n behind the w he el of a car . W ireless telec ommunication s is k eeping u s in touch, simplifying our l i v es, pr otect ing us in eme r g encie s and pro v iding op por tu nities to he lp oth ers in need. W h en it co mes to the use of wireless phon es, saf ety is your most impo rtant call . Wirele ss Phon e "Safety Tips " Belo w are safety tips to f o llo w w h ile dr i ving and using a wireless phon e w hich should be easy to r e mem be r . 1 Get to kno w y our wireless phone and its features such as spe ed dial and redial. Carefully r ea d y o ur instruc tion manua l and lea rn to tak e a d v antag e of v aluab le feat ures most phone s offer , in c ludin g automa tic redial a nd mem or y . Also , w ork to me morize the ph one k eyp ad so y o u c an use th e spee d dia l fun ction with out t akin g y o ur atte ntion off th e r oad . 2 W hen a v aila b l e, us e a hand s fr ee d evi ce. A n umber o f h ands fr e e wir ele ss ph one accessorie s are readily a v ailable toda y . Whether y o u c h oose a n in stalled m oun ted device f or y o ur wireless p hone o r a sp eak er p hone a cce ssor y , t ak e ad v a ntag e of th ese dev ices if ava i l a b l e t o yo u . 3 P o sition y o ur wir el ess phone withi n ea sy r ea c h. Ma k e sure y ou place y our w ir eless phone with in easy r ea c h and w here y ou ca n g ra b it with ou t r emo ving y our ey es f r om th e r o ad. If y ou g et an incoming call at an incon v enient time , if p ossib le, let y o ur v oic e mail ans w er it f or y ou. 4 Suspend con v e rsations durin g hazardous driving condit ions or situatio ns. Let th e person y ou ar e sp eakin g with k no w y ou are driving; if n ecessa ry , susp end th e call in hea vy traff ic or haza r dous w ea ther cond itions. Rain, sleet, sno w and ice c an be ha zardous, b ut so i s hea vy traf fic. As a dri v e r , y our f irst responsibility is to pa y atten tion to the road. 5 D o no t tak e no tes or lo ok up phon e n um bers w hil e dr i vin g . If y ou a r e r e adin g an ad dr ess book o r b usine ss card, or writing a "to do " list w hile driv ing a car , y ou ar e not w atc h ing w here y ou ar e goi ng. It Ã¢ÂÂ s commo n sense. Don Ã¢ÂÂt get ca ught in a dan gerou s sit uatio n beca use y ou ar e r eading or writing and not pa ying attention to the r oad or nearb y v e hic les .
11 5 Appendix A Message from the C TIA 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traff ic; if possible, place calls w hen y ou are not mo ving o r bef ore pulling into traff ic. T r y to plan y o ur calls befor e y ou be gin y our t rip or attempt t o coinci de y our calls with tim es y o u ma y be stopp ed a t a stop sign , r ed light or oth erwise stationar y . But if y ou n eed to dial w hile dri ving, f ollo w t his simple tip- -dial only a fe w numbers, c heck the r o ad and y ou r mirrors, then cont in ue . 7 Do not eng age in stressful or emotional conv ersations that ma y be distract i ng . Stressful or emot iona l con v ersati ons and driving do no t mix- -they a re distractin g and ev en dang erous w he n y o u are behin d the w heel of a car . M ak e peo ple y ou are talking wi th a w ar e y ou are driving and if necessary , suspend con v e rsations w hic h h a v e the potential to div er t y o ur atten tion from th e road. 8 Use y o ur wireless phone to call f o r help . Y our wireless phon e is one of the g r eatest too ls y ou c an o wn to pr otect y o urs elf a nd y our fami ly i n dan ger o us s itu atio ns- -wi th y our phone at y o ur sid e, help is on ly three numbe rs a w a y . Di al 9-1 -1 or o ther loc al em ergency n umb er in t he ca s e of f ir e, tr af f ic ac cide nt , r oa d haz ar d or medi cal emer gency . R ememb er , it is a fr e e call on y ou r wir el ess phone! 9 Use y ou r wireless phon e to h elp others i n em ergencies. Y our wi r eless p hone p r o vide s y ou a perf ect oppor tunity to be a "Good Samaritan" in y o ur community . If y ou see an auto acciden t, crime in p r ogress or other se rious em er g enc y w h ere li v es ar e in da nger , call 9- 1-1 or o ther local e mergenc y number , a s y ou w ould w ant ot hers to d o f o r y ou. 10 Call ro adsi de assistance or a spec ial wir eless non-em er genc y assistance number w hen nece ssar y . Cer tain situa tions y o u enco unte r w hile driving m a y r equi r e attention , but ar e not urgent enou gh to merit a cal l f or e mergenc y services . But y o u still can use y our wireless pho ne t o lend a ha nd. If y o u see a b r oken-do wn v ehicle posin g no se rious ha zard, a brok en traff ic signal, a m ino r traf fic accide nt w he r e no one appears in jur ed or a v ehicle y ou kno w to be stolen, call r oadside assistance o r other special non- emer g ency wireless num be r . Careless, distracted indi vidu als and p eople dri ving irr espon sibly r epr e sent a h azard to e v ery o ne on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecommunications Industr y Association and the wireless indust ry h a v e cond ucte d educ ational ou treac h t o inf orm wireless phone users of the ir r esponsibilit ies as safe dri v e rs and good c itizens. As w e appr oach a ne w cent ury , more and m or e of us w ill tak e ad v an ta g e of the b enefits of wi r eless tele phone s . And , as w e t ak e to the ro ad s , w e all ha v e a r esponsib ility to dri v e safel y . T he wir eless industry remind s you to use your phon e saf e l y when driving . F or more inf or mation, please call 1-888-901 -SAFE. F or up dates: ht tp://www .w o w-co m.com/c onsume r/issues/driving/ar ticles.cfm?ID=85
11 6 NO TES
11 7 Appendix B Message from the FD A Appen dix B Messa ge from the FDA (U.S. Fo od and Drug A dministration) to a ll users of mobile phones ÃÂ©J uly 1 8, 2001 F or upd ates : http://w ww .fda .go v/cdrh/ phon es
11 8 Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S . Food and Drug Ad minis trat ion 1. Do wirele ss phones pose a health hazard? T he a v ailab le scientif ic evidence does not sho w that any health prob lems ar e assoc iated with using w ir eless p hones. T h er e is no proof , ho w ev er , that w ir eless p hones are absolutely safe. W ireless pho nes em it l o w lev els of radio fre qu enc y en erg y (RF) in the micro w a v e rang e w hile being u sed. They also emit v e ry lo w le v els o f RF w hen in the stand- b y mo de. Whereas high lev els of RF can produce health effects (by he ating tissue ), exposur e to lo w lev el R F that does not prod uce he ating effec ts cau ses no kn o wn ad v erse he alth effects. Man y stud ies of lo w lev el RF e xp osures ha v e no t f ound a ny biolog ical effects. Some stud ies ha v e sug gest ed th at some bio logical effects ma y occ ur , but such f indin gs ha v e not been confirmed by a ddi tiona l r esea r c h . In som e cases, othe r r esearchers ha v e had difficulty in reproducing those st udies, or in det erm ining the reasons f o r inconsi stent re su lts . 2. W ha t is FD A's role conc ern in g th e saf ety of w ire less ph ones ? Under t he la w , FD A do es not rev i e w the safet y of radiation- emitt ing co nsumer product s such as wireless phon es bef o r e they ca n be so ld, as it doe s with ne w dru gs or medic al device s . Ho w ev er , the ag enc y has a uthor ity to t ak e action if wireless pho nes are sho wn to em it radiofrequen cy e nerg y ( RF) at a lev el tha t is h azar d ous to the user . In such a case, F D A could r equire the manufacturers of w ir eless p hones t o not ify users of the he alth hazard an d to r epa ir , r epla ce or recall th e phon es so tha t th e hazard no lo nger exists. Altho ugh the e xist ing scient if ic d ata do not ju stify FD A r e gulato ry a ction s, FD A h as ur g ed the w ireless phone industr y to ta k e a number of steps, including the follo w ing: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Suppor t need ed r esearc h into po ssib le b iological e ffects of RF o f the typ e emitt ed by wir eless phon es; Ã¢ÂÂ¢ De sign wireless phones in a w a y that minimizes any RF e xposure to the user that is not necessary f or de vice function; and Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Cooperate in pro v iding users of wir e less phone s with the best po ssible inf ormat ion on possible effects o f wireless phone use on h uman he alth. FD A belon gs to an int era g enc y w orking group of the fed eral agenc ies that h a v e r espon sibility f or differ ent aspec ts of RF safety to en sur e co or dinat ed eff or ts at the federal le v el. The f ol lo w ing agenc ies belong to this w or king g r oup: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Natio nal Institute f or Occupational Safety and Health Ã¢ÂÂ¢ En vir o nment al Protection Ag enc y Ã¢ÂÂ¢ F eder al Com mu nic atio ns Commi ss ion Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Occupational Safety and Health Administra tion Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Nat ional T elecom m u nications and Inf ormation Administ ration T he N ational Institutes of H ealth particip ates in some intera g ency w or king gro up ac ti vities , as w ell. FD A sh ar es r egu latory re sp onsibil ities f o r wir eles s phon es with the F ede ral Co mmuni cations Comm ission (FC C). All pho nes that ar e sold in the U nited States must c omply with FC C saf ety gu idelines t hat limit RF e xp osur e. FCC r elies on FD A and other h ealth agen cies f or sa fety que stion s a bout wir eless phones . FCC also r egula tes the b ase stat ions tha t the w ir ele ss phone netw orks r ely u pon. While t hese base stations o perate a t higher p o w e r than do the wireless phon es them selv e s, the RF exposu r es th at peop le g et from th ese ba se statio ns ar e typ ically thou sands o f times lo w er th an t hose th ey can get f r om w ireless phone s . Base stations are thus not th e subject of the saf ety q uestions disc ussed in this d ocument.
11 9 Appendix B Message from the FD A 3. What kinds of phones are the subject o f this update? T he t erm wi r el ess pho ne r e fe rs he r e to hand -he ld w ir eles s pho nes with b ui lt- in an tenn as , ofte n called ce ll mobile or PC S phon es. T hese type s o f wir eless ph ones ca n e xp ose the user to me asurab le radiof r eque nc y ene r g y (R F) be cause of the sho rt distanc e bet w een the pho ne and the u serÃ¢ÂÂ s hea d. The se RF e xposu r es a re l imited b y F eder al Commu nicat ions Commi ssion saf ety guidelines that w ere dev eloped with the ad vice of FD A and other feder al health and saf ety agen cie s . W hen the phon e i s lo cate d at gr eat er dist anc es f r om th e us er , the e xpos ur e to RF is drastically lo w er becau se a pe rson's RF exposure decr ea ses ra pid ly with increasing di sta nc e fr om the so ur ce. T he so- c alle d co r dl ess ph one s; w hi c h ha v e a bas e u nit co nnec ted to the t elephone wiri ng in a h ouse, typically op erate at far lo w er po w er lev e ls, and thus produce RF exposures far belo w the F CC sa f ety limits. 4. What are th e results of the research done already? The r esearc h do ne th us fa r has produced con f licting re sult s , an d m any studie s ha v e suffered fr om f la ws in the ir r esear c h methods. Animal experiments in v e stig ating the effe c ts of radiofrequen cy en erg y (R F) exposures c haracte ristic of wir e less phon es ha v e yiel ded conf licting results that ofte n cann ot be r epea ted in othe r la boratorie s . A few anim al stud ies, ho w ev er , ha v e sug g ested tha t lo w lev els of RF could accele rate the dev elopment of c ance r in la borator y animals. Ho w e v e r , many of the studies that sho w ed incre ase d tumor dev elo pment used a nimal s that had be en gen etically engi neered or t r eated with canc er - cau sing chemicals so a s to be pre-dispo sed to d ev elop cancer in t he absence of RF exposur e . Other stu dies exposed the animals t o RF f or up to 22 hours per d a y . These conditions are not similar to the conditions u nder w h ic h pe ople u se wir eless p hones, so w e donÃ¢ÂÂ t kn o w with cer tainty w hat the r esults of suc h stud ies mean f or hu man health. Thr ee large epide miolog y studie s ha v e be en pu blished since De cemb er 2000. Bet w ee n the m, the st udies inv estig ated any po ssible associatio n betw een the use of w ir eless p hones and prima ry brain can cer , g lioma, me ning ioma, or acoustic neuroma, tum ors of th e brain o r sa li v ar y glan d, l euk emi a, or ot h er c anc ers . Non e of the st udi es d emo nst r ate d t he e xist enc e of any harm ful hea lth effects f r om w ire le ss phone RF exposures . Ho w ev e r , non e of the studie s can an s w e r quest ions about lon g-t erm exposu r es, since the a v e ra g e period of ph one use in t hese studie s w a s around t hre e y ears. 5. W h at research is need ed to decide whet her RF exposure from wire less pho nes poses a hea lth r isk ? A com bination of la bo ratory studies and epidem iological stud ies of peop le actually u sing wireless phone s w ould pro vid e some of the da ta that are neede d. Life tim e animal exposure st udi es c oul d be c omple te d in a f e w y ea rs . Ho w e v er , v ery la r ge n um ber s of an imal s w ould be nee ded t o pro vide reliab le p r oof o f a ca ncer prom oting effec t if on e exists. Epidemio logical studies can p r o vide data that is directly applica ble to huma n population s, b ut 10 or mo r e y ears f ol lo w-up ma y be ne e ded t o pr o vid e an s w er s a bo ut s ome heal th ef fec ts , such as ca ncer . This is beca use t he i nterv al be tw een t he tim e of expos ure to a can cer -ca usi ng agent and the time tumors dev e lop - if they do - ma y be ma ny , many y ear s . The interp r eta tion of epi demiological st udies is h ampered b y di ff iculties in measuring actual RF e xposu r e during d a y -to-da y use of wi re le ss p hones. Man y factors affec t this measu r eme nt, such as the ang le at w hich the ph one is he ld, or w hic h mo del of p hone is u sed. 6. What is FDA doing to find o ut mo re about the possible health effec ts of wirel ess phone RF? FD A is w or ki ng wi th th e U . S . Nat ion al T o xicol o g y Pr ogr am a nd wi th gr oups of i n v es ti g at or s ar o und th e w orld to e nsur e that high priority anima l studies are cond ucte d to a ddr ess impor ta nt qu estions about the effects o f e xp osur e to radiofrequenc y ene r g y (RF).
120 FD A has been a lead ing par ticipa nt in the W or ld Hea lth Org aniza tion I nter national Electr omagnetic Fields ( EM F) Pr oject since its inception in 1996. An inf luential re su lt o f this w or k has been the de v elo pme nt of a de ta ile d ag end a of re sea r c h need s t hat ha s d ri v en the estab lishmen t of n e w resear ch pro g rams around the w or ld. The P r oject ha s also help ed dev elo p a serie s of public inf or mation d ocume nts on EMF issues. FD A and the Cellular T e lecom munications & In tern et Associat io n (C T IA) ha v e a f orm al Coope rativ e R e sear ch and D ev el opm ent A greemen t (CR AD A) to do resea r c h o n wireless phone saf ety . FD A pro vid es the scien tif ic o v e rsight, ob taining inp ut from e xper ts in go v ernme nt, indu str y , and aca demic o r g aniza tion s . CTI A-funde d resear ch is conduc ted thr o ugh contracts t o independ ent in v e stig ators. T he initial researc h will include both la borator y stud ies and studies of wir eless phone users. T he CRA D A will also include a broad assessme nt of addit iona l r esearc h ne eds in th e cont ext of the la test resear ch dev elo pme nts around the w or ld . 7. How c an I fin d out how much radio frequ ency ene rgy ex posure I can ge t by u sing my wire less ph one ? All pho nes sold in the United St ates must comply with F e deral Commun ications Comm ission (FC C) guidelin es that limit radiof r equ enc y ener g y (RF) exposures . FCC es ta b li she d th ese g uid eli nes in c ons ul tati on wi th FD A and the othe r f ede r al h eal th and s af et y agenc ies . The FCC lim it f or RF exposure fr om w ir eless tel ephones is set at a Spec if ic Absor ption Rate (SAR ) of 1.6 w atts per kilog ram (1.6 W/k g ) . T he FC C limit is c onsistent with th e safet y stand ards dev e lop ed by the Ins titu te of Elect rica l an d Elec tronic Eng inee ring (IE EE) and t he Na tional Coun cil on Radiat ion Protecti on and Meas urement. The exposure limit tak es int o consid er ation the bo dyÃ¢ÂÂ s ability to remo v e heat fr om the tissues that absorb energ y from the wir eless p hone and is set w ell belo w lev els kn o w n to ha v e effects. Manufactu r ers of wireless ph ones must repor t th e RF exposu r e lev el f or e ach m odel of phone to th e FC C. The FC C w ebsi te (ht tp:/ /www .fc c.go v/oet /rfsa fety) giv es directio ns f o r locatin g the FCC id entification number o n y o ur phon e so y ou c an find y our phone Ã¢ÂÂ s R F e xp osure lev el in the on line listin g. 8. What ha s FDA done to measure the ra diofrequency energy coming from wireless phones? The Instit ute o f Elec trical and E lectronic E ngin eers (I EEE) is dev elo ping a te c h nic al stan dar d f or me as urin g t he r adi ofr equ ency ener g y (RF) e xpo sur e fr om wi r eles s phone s and ot her wi r eless han dsets wit h the pa rt icipatio n and lead ersh ip of FD A scientist s and eng inee rs . The stan dard, R ec ommen ded Prac tice fo r Det erm ining t he Spatial- P eak Spe cific Abso rp tio n Rate ( SAR) i n the Hu man B ody Due to W irele ss Com munic atio ns Devices: Ex perimen tal T echnique s, sets f or th th e f irst co nsistent test m ethodolog y f or meas uring the rate at w h ic h RF is de posite d in the hea ds of wireless phon e users. The test meth od us es a tissue- simulating mode l of the hu man h ead. Standa r dized SAR te st meth odolog y is e x pect ed to g r eatly impro v e the c onsisten cy of measu r eme nts ma de at different laboratories on t he sa me phone . SA R is t he m easu r emen t of the am ount of e nerg y a b sorbed in tissu e, ei ther by the w hole b ody or a sma ll par t of the bo dy . It is measured in w a tts/kg (or milliw atts/g) o f matter . This measu r emen t is used to d etermin e w h ether a wir e less phon e comp lies with safety guid elines.
12 1 Appendix B Message from the FD A 9. What step s ca n I take to redu ce my e xposu re to radi ofrequ ency en ergy from my wire less phon e? If t her e i s a ri sk fr om these pr odu cts-- and at this poin t w e do n ot kno w that the re is-- it i s proba bly v er y small. B ut if y ou are conc erne d about a v oidin g ev en p otential risks, y ou can tak e a fe w si mple st eps t o mi nimize y o ur expos ure to radiofreq uenc y en erg y (R F). Sin ce tim e is a k ey fa ctor in ho w muc h exposure a person r ece i v es, reducing t he amou nt of t ime spe nt using a wireless ph one will reduce R F e xposu r e. If y ou must cond uct extend ed conv e rsatio ns b y w ir eless ph one ev e r y da y , y ou c ould plac e more distance bet w een y our b ody and the source of th e R F , sinc e the e xp osure le v el drops off dramatically with d istan ce. F or e xample, y ou could use a headset and carry the wir eless phone a w a y fr om y ou r body or use a w ir eless p hon e con necte d to a remote ante nna. Ag ain, t he scien tif ic da ta do n ot dem onstrate t hat w ir eless ph ones are har mful. But if y ou ar e conc er ned about the RF exposu r e f r om the se produ cts, y o u can use m easures lik e those describe d abo v e t o r edu ce y our RF expo sur e from w ir eless ph one use . 1 0 . What about chi ldren usin g wire less p hones ? The scienti f ic eviden ce do es not sh o w a d ange r to use rs of wi r eless ph ones, including childr en an d teen agers. If y ou w ant to tak e st eps to lo w er e xpo sur e t o radiofrequenc y ene r g y ( RF), the mea su re s de sc ri bed a bo v e w o ul d ap ply to c hil dr e n and teen a gers usi ng w ir el ess phone s . R educing the t ime of wir e less phon e use a nd inc r easin g th e dista nce b etw een th e user and t he RF so urce will r educ e RF exposu r e.Some grou ps sponsored by other natio nal go v ern ments ha v e ad vised that c h ildr en be discou ra g ed from using w ir eless phone s at all. F o r ex amp le, the go v e rnme nt in t he United Kin gdom dist ribu te d leaf lets con taining such a r ecomme ndation in December 2000. T hey noted that no e vidence exists th at using a wir eless phone causes brain tu mors or othe r ill effects . Their r ecom mend ation to limit wir eless phone use by c hildren w as strict ly precaution ar y; i t w as not b ased on sc ientific evidence that any health hazar d e x ists . 1 1. W hat about w ire less phone int erferenc e wit h m edica l equ ipme nt? Radiofrequen cy energ y (R F) f r om wi r eless pho nes can inte ract w ith som e ele ctronic device s . F or t his r ea son, FD A he lped dev elop a de taile d test me thod t o mea sure electromagnet ic interference (EM I) of impl anted cardiac pacem ak ers and defibrillators from wir eless telep hones. T his test metho d is no w par t of a stan dard sponsored b y the Assoc iation f or th e Ad v ance ment of M edica l instrument ation (AA MI). T h e f ina l dr aft, a jo int eff or t b y F D A, medical device manufac tur ers, and many oth er gr oups, w as completed in late 2000. T h is standar d w ill allo w manufacturers to ensure that car d iac pacem ak ers and d ef ibrillators are safe from wire le ss phone EMI. FD A has te sted he aring aids f o r interference from hand held wireless phon es and he lped dev elop a v o lunta ry st andard sponso r ed by th e Insti tute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). This standar d specifies test methods and perf or mance r equirement s f or hear ing a ids and w ir eless ph ones so t hat no interference occurs w h en a perso n uses a com patible phone an d a accompa nied hea ring aid at the same time. T his standar d w as appr o v ed b y the IEEE in 2000. FD A continues to m onitor the use of wir eless ph ones f or possible int er ac tions wit h other medic al devices . Shou ld harm ful interfer e nce be f ound to occu r , FD A will condu ct testing to assess the interfere nce an d w ork to resolv e the prob lem.
122 12. Where can I find additional information ? F or addit ional in f or ma tion, plea se re fer to t he f ollo wing r eso ur ces: Ã¢ÂÂ¢ FD A w eb page on wi r eless ph ones http ://www .f da.go v/cdrh /phones/ index.htm l Ã¢ÂÂ¢ F ederal Communications Commission (FCC) RF Safety Pr ogram http://www .f cc.go v/oet/rfsafety Ã¢ÂÂ¢ In tern ationa l Comm ission on N on -Ionizing R ad iation Protec tion http://w ww .icnir p .de Ã¢ÂÂ¢ W orld Healt h Organ izati on ( WHO ) Inte rna tional E MF P r o ject http ://www .w ho .int/em f Ã¢ÂÂ¢ Na tional Radiolog ical Protecti on Boa r d (UK ) http ://www .n rpb . or g.uk/ J uly 18, 2001F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones
Nokia 6820i User Guide 123 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 N okia In dex Numerics 1-touch dial 58 A accent ed characters 23 acce ss code s 69 acces sibility 5 alarm clock 75 answer a ca ll 21 anyke y answer 66 application s 84 archive folder 29 B battery charge r conne ctor 8 how to charge 10 installation 8 birthday notes in calen dar 76 BlackBe rry con nectivit y 46 Blue tooth connec tions 63 bookmarks 91 brigh tness set ting for dis play 61 browser security 92 business c ards 57 C cach e memory 92 calcu lator 86 calend ar 29 , 75 call forwarding 66 restricting 69 timers 53 wait ing 66 call forwarding 66 call w aiting 21 caller groups 59 ID 21 cam era 73 cer tif ic ates 92 characters, typin g 23 charge battery 10 clo ck 61 codes 10 color s chemes 61 co nferen ce calls 22 conne ctivity 95 BlackB erry 46 conne ctors 8 con tac ts add images 56 edit d etails 57 how to a dd 55 sea rchi ng 56 contrast s etting for dis play 61 conve rt curre ncy 86 cookies 91 count down timer 86 co unter GPRS d ata 54 text mess ages 31 cur ren cy c onver si on 86 Customer Care Center 7 D data send and receive using IR 64 synchron izing 80 transferring 97 data cable connector 8 date setting 61 default slide timing settin g 37 delete
124 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 N okia distribution lists 30 text m essa ges 34 dialed numbers 53 dictionary 24 digital signature 93 disp la y cont rast 61 distribution lists 30 downloaded applications 84 downloads 91 DTMF tone strings 22 E EGPRS 64 e-m ai l how to reply 35 required setup 34 send later option 35 setting s 38 writ e an d sen d 34 e-n ews letter s 5 enha nceme nt setti ngs 68 enha ncement s for phon e 96 enter tex t keyboard closed 24 keyboard open 23 envi ronm ent p rofil es 60 F factory s ettings 70 fixed dialing 69 folders, cre ate 29 font size setting 38 formats for m ultimedia me ssages 31 free mem ory 55 frequencie s 5 G gallery me nu 71 games 83 GPRS conne ction tim er 54 data coun ter 54 group lists, see dis t ribution lists H ha nds- fre e op tio n 22 he adse t c onn ect or 8 Help sc reen s 68 I IM con tac ts 42 conve rsations 41 group chat sessions 44 icons 39 log in 40 log off 45 me nus 40 registration 40 settings 45 ima ges add to contacts 56 editin g 71 in mu ltimedia message s 31 IME I numb er 7 information label 7 infrared 64 install SIM c ard and battery 8 inst ant messagin g 39 K keyb oar d functions when closed 14 ho w to e nter text 23, 24 how to open 12 key fun ctions when open 15 keyp ad lock 67
Nokia 6820i User Guide 125 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 N okia tones 60 L language select ion 67 lap tim er 87 last number redial 20 lock phone keypad 67 loudspeaker 22 M memory setting for ph one or SIM 55 sh ari ng 4 st at us 55, 67 menu shortcu ts 26 mes sage cen ter num ber 36 message s alert tone 60 cou nter 31 font size setting 38 instant 39 send business cards 57 tip s for t ext mess ages 25 microphone connector 8 misse d calls 53 MMS, s ee m ultimedia m essag es 31 model nu mber 5 module P IN 7 0, 93 multime dia memory full me ssage 33 multime dia mes sages 31 folders 33 how to creat e 32 how to reply 32 supported formats 31 multime dia recep tion 37 N news letters 5 Nokia Customer Care Center 7 news le tte rs 5 warra nty Web s ite 5 P PC Suite 95 phone how to h old 11 how to r egi ste r 5 location of antenna 11 model num ber 5 network frequen cies 5 picture s in multim edia messages 31 PIN code message when phone is turned on 10 request 69 power key 14 predict ive text 24 profiles Bluetoot h tech nology 62 envi ron ment 60 Q quick guide 2 R rece ived c alls 53 record sounds and spe ech 85 video clips 74 redial automatica lly 66 num ber 20 register phone 5 remin ders in calendar 76 restriction password 70 right s election k ey options 62 ringing op tions 60
126 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 N okia S save c ontact nu mbers 59 scale image dow n setting 37 scr een save r tim eo ut 61 search for a contact 56 secu ri ty code 69 keygua rd 67 level 69 module 93 setting s 68 send DTMF tone strings 22 ser vic e com mands 38 inbox 91 setting s Blue tooth connec tions 63 calls 66 camera 73 disp la y cont rast 61 EGPRS 66 for contacts 55 for display 61 for e-mail 38 for enhanc em ents 68 for font s ize 38 for text and e -mail 36 secu ri ty 68 synchroniza tion 81 time and date 61 wallet 80 s har ed memo ry 4 sh ort cu ts 62 signing PIN 70 silenc e featu re 21 SIM 59 SIM card error messages 10 how to i ns ert 9 installat ion 8 selec t as me mory in u se 55 service confirma tion me ssages 68 SMS, se e te xt me ssages soun d files 31 spe cial characte rs 23 speed dia l 58 split time r 87 standby tim es and talk times 10 7 start-u p tone 68 stopwatch 87 swap option for ca lls on hold 22 synchron ization 80 T ta lk t ime 10 7 te mpla tes 29 text mess ages add to c ale ndar 29 co unter 31 enter w ith keyboard c losed 24 enter w ith keyboard open 23 how to r epl y 28 messa ges 27 send to a group 28 SMS messages 27 te mpla tes f or 29 tips for w ri ting 25 time setting 61 tim ers count down 86 for GPRS conne ction 54 for phone calls 53 lap times 87 split time s 87 to-do list 77 tone settin g profiles 60 trouble shooting 7
Nokia 6820i User Guide 127 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 N okia con tact Nok ia 7 multime dia memory full 33 SIM card messages 10 TTY information 7 U unlo ck phone keyp ad 67 user group (closed) 69 USSD commands 38 V vibrating alert 60 video add clips to messages 31 record a video clip 74 voice dial 58 mailbox 20 message s 36 recorder 85 W wallet code 70 purchases 78 wallpape r 61 warn ing ton es 60 warranty re gistration 5 Web site for accessibility 5 welcome note on display 68
128 Copyright ÃÂ© 2004 N okia P ara obte ne r un ma nual del usua r io en espaÃÂ±ol favor de llamar o enviar un fax al telÃÂ©fon o 1-8 88-NOK IA-2U, fax 813-249-9619. 08/04 Nokia 682 0i Use r Gu ide 9310322